châ—lle_n bear_v good_a wine_n 296_o vine_n of_o the_o valley_n of_o yâ—a_n which_o do_v grow_v and_o be_v never_o water_v with_o any_o rain_n and_o how_o ibid._n vine_n that_o carry_v grape_n every_o month_n in_o the_o year_n ibid._n viracoâ—hâ—_n the_o name_n which_o the_o indian_n give_v to_o their_o supreme_a god_n with_o other_o of_o great_a power_n 333_o vuziliputzli_n the_o chief_a idol_n of_o mexico_n and_o his_o ornament_n 352_o vittell_n set_v upon_o the_o tomb_n of_o dead_a man_n to_o feed_v they_o 347_o voice_n hear_v foretell_v the_o ruin_n of_o moteçuma_n 565_o volcan_n of_o guatâ—mala_n more_o admirable_a than_o all_o the_o rest_n 194_o volcans_n how_o entertain_v 196_o voyage_n of_o hannon_n the_o carthaginian_a admirable_a in_o his_o time_n 36_o vros_n brutish_a people_n which_o esteem_v not_o themselves_o 94_o utility_n of_o all_o natural_a history_n 117_o unction_n of_o vuzilovitli_n the_o second_o king_n of_o mexico_n 521_o w._n weigh_v by_o which_o the_o spaniard_n go_v to_o the_o indies_n and_o their_o return_n 128_o water_n of_o guayaquil_n most_o sovereign_a for_o the_o french_a disease_n 174_o war_n of_o the_o mexican_n most_o common_o to_o take_v prisoner_n 483_o western_a wind_n hurtful_a to_o silkworm_n 144_o western_a wind_n blow_v not_o in_o the_o burn_a zone_n 126_o whale_n how_o take_v by_o the_o indian_n and_o how_o they_o eat_v they_o 167_o wind_n very_o dangerous_a which_o kill_v and_o preserve_v the_o dead_a body_n without_o corruption_n 147_o wind_n call_v brise_n in_o the_o burn_a zone_n which_o come_v from_o the_o east_n 127_o wind_n how_o many_o and_o their_o name_n 133_o wind_n of_o the_o land_n in_o the_o burn_a zone_n blow_v rather_o by_o night_n than_o by_o day_n and_o those_o of_o the_o sea_n contrary_a and_o why_o 142_o wind_n corrupt_v iron_n 144_o wind_n that_o blow_v southerly_a make_v the_o coast_n habitable_a 125_o one_o wind_n have_v diverse_a property_n according_a to_o the_o place_n where_o it_o reign_v and_o the_o cause_n 120_o wind_n do_v cause_n strange_a diversity_n of_o temperature_n 112_o wisdom_n of_o this_o world_n weak_a in_o divine_a yea_o in_o humane_a thing_n 31_o winter_n and_o summeâ—_n and_o the_o cause_n 90_o wood_n rare_a and_o sweet_a at_o the_o indies_n 292_o word_n of_o a_o man_n which_o have_v his_o heart_n pull_v out_o 390_o write_v of_o the_o chinois_n be_v from_o the_o top_n downward_o and_o the_o mexican_n from_o the_o foot_n upward_o 447_o x._o xamabusis_n pilgrim_n force_v to_o confess_v their_o sin_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o a_o rock_n 400_o y._n yca_n and_o arica_n and_o their_o manner_n of_o sail_v in_o skin_n 63_o yearâ—_n at_o the_o indies_n divide_v into_o eighteen_o month_n 432_o youth_n very_o careful_o instruct_v in_o mexico_n 489_o year_n at_o peru_n approach_v near_o to_o we_o than_o that_o of_o mexico_n 437_o ytu_fw-la a_o great_a feast_n at_o the_o indies_n which_o they_o make_v in_o their_o necessity_n 416_o yupanguâ—_n ingua_n be_v in_o peru_n like_v to_o a_o other_o numa_n in_o rome_n for_o the_o make_n of_o law_n 261_o z._n zephiruâ—_n a_o pleasant_a and_o wholesome_a wind_n 126_o zone_n which_o they_o call_v burn_v the_o ancient_n hold_v inhabitable_a 30_o burn_a zone_n in_o some_o part_n temperate_a in_o other_o cold_a and_o in_o other_o hot_a 101_o burn_a zone_n people_v and_o pleasant_a contrary_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o philosopher_n 86_o burn_a zone_n why_o temperate_a 105_o in_o the_o burn_a zone_n they_o sail_v easy_o from_o east_n to_o west_n and_o not_o contrary_a and_o why_o 132_o in_o the_o burn_a zone_n the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n do_v not_o always_o cause_n rain_n 100_o the_o end_n of_o the_o table_n errata_fw-la 111.22_o for_o paraguen_o read_v paraguay_n 120.30_o for_o river_n read_v region_n 135.32_o for_o to_o read_v in_o 141.28_o for_o the_o motion_n read_v without_o any_o â—otion_n 148.33_o for_o inhabit_v read_v not_o inhabit_v 164.17_o for_o green_fw-mi read_v great_a 198.23_o for_o hundred_o read_v five_o hundred_o 213.21_o for_o curuma_n read_v cucuma_n 229.17_o for_o to_o read_v and_o 235.11_o for_o it_o read_v that_o 241.8_o for_o it_o read_v his_o 253.12_o for_o mace_n read_v mark_n 274.8_o for_o little_o read_v like_o 278.19_o for_o be_v no_o reed_n be_v a_o 351.25_o for_o many_o read_v in_o many_o 368.2_o for_o possession_n read_v profession_n 397.14_o for_o to_o the_o communion_n read_v to_o the_o people_n in_o manner_n of_o a_o communion_n 514.21_o for_o partial_a read_v particular_a 324.32_o for_o convenient_a in_o a_o manner_n read_v in_o a_o convenient_a manner_n 335.3_o for_o of_o read_v to_o 347.25_o for_o neither_o read_v in_o their_o gentle_a reader_n from_o the_o folio_n 225._o line_n 14_o 16_o 19_o 20._o where_o you_o find_v piece_n read_v pezoe_n till_o you_o come_v to_o folio_n 322._o line_n 22._o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n indies_n of_o the_o opinion_n of_o some_o author_n which_o suppose_v that_o the_o heaven_n do_v not_o extend_v to_o the_o new-found_a world_n the_o first_o chapter_n the_o ancient_n be_v so_o far_o from_o conceit_n that_o this_o new-found_a world_n be_v people_v by_o any_o nation_n that_o many_o of_o they_o can_v not_o imagine_v there_o be_v any_o land_n on_o that_o part_n and_o which_o be_v more_o worthy_a of_o admiration_n some_o have_v flat_o deny_v that_o the_o heaven_n which_o we_o now_o behold_v can_v extend_v thither_o for_o although_o the_o great_a part_n yea_o the_o most_o famous_a among_o the_o philosopher_n have_v well_o know_v that_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o as_o in_o effect_v it_o be_v and_o by_o that_o mean_n do_v compass_v and_o comprehend_v within_o itself_o the_o whole_a earth_n yet_o many_o yea_o of_o the_o holy_a doctor_n of_o great_a authority_n have_v disagree_v in_o opinion_n upon_o this_o point_n suppose_v the_o frame_n of_o this_o universal_a world_n to_o be_v fashion_v like_o unto_o a_o house_n whereas_o the_o roof_n that_o cover_v it_o environ_n only_o the_o upper_a part_n and_o not_o the_o rest_n infer_v by_o their_o reason_n that_o the_o earth_n shall_v else_o hang_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o air_n the_o which_o seem_v unto_o they_o void_a of_o sense_n for_o as_o we_o see_v in_o every_o build_n the_o groundwork_n and_o foundation_n on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o the_o cover_v opposite_a unto_o it_o even_o so_o in_o this_o great_a building_n of_o the_o world_n the_o heaven_n shall_v remain_v above_o on_o the_o one_o part_n and_o the_o earth_n under_o it_o the_o glorious_a chrysostome_n a_o man_n better_o see_v in_o the_o study_n of_o holy_a scripture_n then_o in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o philosophy_n seem_v to_o be_v of_o this_o opinion_n when_o in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o hebrew_n he_o do_v laugh_v at_o those_o hebre._n which_o hold_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o and_o it_o seem_v the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v infer_v as_o much_o term_v the_o heaven_n a_o tabernacle_n or_o frame_n build_v by_o the_o hand_n of_o god_n and_o he_o pass_v far_a upon_o this_o point_n say_v that_o which_o move_v and_o go_v antioch_n be_v not_o the_o heaven_n but_o the_o sun_n moon_n and_o star_n which_o move_v in_o the_o heaven_n even_o as_o sparrow_n and_o other_o bird_n move_v in_o the_o air_n contrary_a to_o that_o which_o the_o philosopher_n hold_v that_o they_o turn_v with_o the_o heaven_n itself_o as_o the_o arm_n of_o a_o wheel_n do_v with_o the_o wheel_n theodoreâ—_n theodoret_n a_o very_a grave_a author_n follow_v chrysostome_n in_o this_o opinion_n and_o theophilus_n likewise_o as_o he_o be_v accustom_v almost_o in_o all_o thing_n hebre_fw-la but_o lactantius_n firmian_n above_o all_o the_o rest_n hold_v the_o same_o opinion_n 24._o do_v mock_v the_o peripatetic_n and_o academic_n which_o give_v the_o heaven_n a_o round_a form_n place_v the_o earth_n in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o for_o that_o it_o seem_v ridiculous_a unto_o he_o that_o the_o earth_n shall_v hang_v in_o the_o air_n as_o be_v before_o say_v by_o which_o his_o opinion_n he_o be_v conformable_a unto_o epicurus_n who_o hold_v that_o on_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n there_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o chaos_n and_o infinite_a gulf_n and_o it_o seem_v that_o s._n jerome_n draw_v near_o to_o this_o opinion_n 4._o write_v upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o ephesian_n in_o these_o word_n the_o natural_a philosopher_n by_o his_o contemplation_n pierce_v to_o the_o height_n of_o heaven_n and_o on_o the_o other_o part_n he_o find_v a_o great_a vast_a in_o the_o depth_n and_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n some_o likewise_o say_v that_o procopius_n affirm_v the_o which_o i_o have_v not_o see_v upon_o the_o book_n of_o genesis_n 3._o that_o the_o opinion_n of_o aristotle_n touch_v the_o form_n and_o
build_v so_o huge_a a_o cover_n as_o the_o heaven_n be_v then_o to_o unfold_v a_o double_a skin_n or_o else_o the_o psalmist_n pretend_v to_o show_v we_o the_o great_a majesty_n of_o god_n to_o who_o the_o heaven_n with_o his_o greatness_n and_o beauty_n do_v serve_v in_o like_a manner_n as_o our_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n in_o the_o field_n the_o which_o be_v well_o express_v by_o a_o poet_n call_v it_o the_o tent_n of_o the_o clear_a heaven_n in_o like_a sort_n the_o place_n of_o isaii_fw-la which_o say_v heaven_n serve_v i_o as_o a_o chair_n and_o the_o earth_n for_o a_o footstool_n 66._o but_o if_o we_o follow_v the_o error_n of_o the_o antromorphites_n which_o do_v attribute_n corporal_a member_n unto_o god_n according_a to_o his_o divinity_n we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n upon_o this_o last_o text_n to_o examine_v how_o it_o be_v possible_a the_o earth_n shall_v be_v a_o footstool_n to_o god_n foot_n and_o how_o the_o same_o god_n can_v hold_v his_o foot_n of_o the_o one_o part_n and_o the_o other_o and_o many_o head_n round_o about_o see_v that_o he_o be_v in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v a_o vain_a and_o ridiculous_a thing_n we_o must_v therefore_o conclude_v that_o in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n we_o ought_v not_o to_o follow_v the_o letter_n which_o kill_v 2_o but_o the_o spirit_n which_o quicken_v as_o say_v s._n paul_n of_o the_o fashion_n and_o form_n of_o heaven_n at_o the_o new-found_a world_n chap._n 5._o many_o in_o europe_n demand_v of_o what_o form_n and_o fashion_n heaven_n be_v in_o the_o southern_a part_n for_o that_o there_o be_v no_o certainty_n find_v in_o ancient_a book_n who_o although_o they_o grant_v there_o be_v a_o heaven_n on_o this_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n yet_o come_v they_o not_o to_o any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o form_n thereof_o although_o in_o truth_n they_o make_v mention_n of_o a_o goodly_a great_a star_n see_v in_o those_o part_n 22._o which_o they_o call_v canopus_n those_o which_o of_o late_a day_n have_v sail_v into_o these_o part_n have_v accustom_v to_o write_v strange_a thing_n of_o this_o heaven_n that_o it_o be_v very_o bright_a have_v many_o goodly_a star_n and_o in_o effect_n thing_n which_o come_v far_o be_v common_o describe_v with_o increase_n but_o it_o seem_v contrary_a unto_o i_o hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o in_o our_o region_n of_o the_o north_n there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n and_o big_a star_n find_v no_o star_n in_o these_o part_n which_o exceed_v the_o fisher_n or_o the_o chariot_n in_o bigness_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o cross_n in_o these_o part_n be_v very_o fair_a and_o please_a to_o behold_v we_o call_v the_o cross_n four_o notable_a and_o apparent_a star_n which_o make_v the_o form_n of_o a_o cross_n set_v equal_o and_o with_o proportion_n the_o ignorant_a suppose_v this_o cross_n to_o be_v the_o southern_a pole_n for_o that_o they_o see_v the_o navigator_n take_v their_o height_n thereby_o as_o we_o be_v accustom_v to_o do_v by_o the_o north_n star_n but_o they_o be_v deceyve_v and_o the_o reason_n why_o sailor_n do_v it_o in_o this_o â—orte_n be_v for_o that_o in_o the_o south_n part_v there_o be_v no_o fix_a star_n that_o mark_n the_o pole_n as_o the_o north_n star_n do_v to_o our_o pole_n and_o therefore_o they_o take_v their_o height_n by_o the_o star_n at_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o cross_n distant_a from_o the_o true_a and_o fix_a pole_n antarctic_a thirty_o degree_n as_o the_o north_n star_n be_v distant_a from_o the_o pole_n arctic_n three_o degree_n or_o little_o more_o and_o so_o it_o be_v more_o difficult_a to_o take_v the_o height_n in_o those_o part_n for_o that_o the_o say_a star_n at_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o cross_n must_v be_v right_a the_o which_o chance_v but_o in_o one_o hour_n of_o the_o night_n which_o be_v in_o divers_a season_n of_o the_o year_n in_o divers_a hour_n and_o often_o time_n it_o appear_v not_o in_o the_o whole_a night_n so_o as_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a to_o take_v the_o height_n and_o therefore_o the_o most_o expert_a pilot_n regard_v not_o the_o cross_n take_v the_o height_n of_o the_o sun_n by_o the_o astrolabe_n by_o which_o they_o know_v in_o what_o height_n they_o be_v wherein_o common_o the_o portugal_n be_v more_o expert_a as_o a_o nation_n that_o have_v more_o discourse_n in_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n than_o any_o other_o there_o be_v also_o other_o star_n in_o these_o southern_a part_n which_o in_o some_o sort_n resemble_v those_o of_o the_o north._n that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o milken_a way_n be_v large_a and_o more_o resplendent_a in_o the_o south_n part_n appear_v therein_o those_o admirable_a black_a spot_n lactea_fw-la whereof_o we_o have_v make_v mention_n as_o for_o other_o particularity_n let_v other_o speak_v of_o they_o with_o great_a curiositle_n and_o let_v this_o which_o we_o have_v say_v suffice_v for_o this_o time_n that_o there_o be_v land_n and_o seavader_n the_o two_o pole_n chap._n 6._o iit_fw-la be_v no_o small_a labour_n to_o have_v unfold_v this_o doubt_n with_o this_o knowledge_n and_o resolution_n that_o there_o be_v a_o heaven_n in_o these_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n which_o do_v cover_v they_o as_o in_o europe_n asia_n and_o aâ—â—riâ—ke_v and_o this_o point_n serve_v often_o against_o many_o spaniard_n who_o be_v here_o sigh_v for_o spain_n have_v no_o discourse_n but_o of_o their_o country_n they_o wonder_v yea_o they_o grow_v discontent_v with_o we_o imagine_v that_o we_o have_v forget_v &_o make_v small_a account_n of_o our_o native_a soil_n to_o who_o we_o answer_v that_o the_o desire_n to_o return_v into_o spain_n do_v nothing_o trouble_v we_o be_v as_o near_o unto_o heaven_n at_o peru_n as_o in_o spain_n as_o saint_n jerome_n say_v well_o write_v unto_o paulinus_n that_o the_o gate_n of_o heaven_n be_v as_o near_o unto_o brittany_n as_o to_o jerusalem_n but_o although_o the_o heaven_n do_v compass_n in_o the_o world_n of_o all_o paâ—ts_n yet_o must_v we_o not_o imagine_v that_o there_o be_v land_n necessary_o on_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n for_o be_v so_o that_o the_o two_o element_n of_o earth_n and_o water_n make_v one_o globe_n or_o bowl_n according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o most_o renown_a ancient_a author_n as_o plutarch_n testify_v and_o as_o it_o be_v prove_v by_o most_o certain_a demonstration_n 1â—_n we_o may_v conjecture_v that_o the_o sea_n do_v occupy_v all_o this_o part_n which_o be_v under_o the_o antarctic_a or_o southern_a pole_n so_o as_o there_o shall_v not_o remain_v any_o place_n in_o these_o part_n for_o the_o earth_n the_o which_o saint_n augustine_n do_v very_o learned_o hold_v against_o they_o that_o maintain_v the_o antipode_n say_v that_o although_o it_o be_v prove_v and_o we_o believe_v that_o the_o world_n be_v round_o like_a to_o a_o bowl_n we_o may_v not_o therefore_o infer_v that_o in_o this_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n the_o earth_n be_v uncover_v and_o without_o water_n without_o doubt_n 9_o saint_n augustine_n speak_v well_o upon_o this_o point_n and_o as_o the_o contrary_n be_v not_o prove_v so_o do_v it_o not_o follow_v that_o there_o be_v any_o land_n discover_v at_o the_o antarctic_a pole_n the_o which_o experience_n have_v now_o plain_o teach_v we_o for_o although_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n under_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a be_fw-mi sea_n yet_o be_v it_o not_o altogether_o but_o there_o be_v likewise_o land_n so_o as_o in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n the_o earth_n and_o water_n embrace_v one_o another_o which_o true_o be_v a_o thing_n to_o make_v we_o admire_v and_o glorify_v the_o art_n of_o the_o sovereign_a creator_n we_o know_v then_o by_o the_o holy_a scripture_n that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n 1._o the_o water_n be_v gather_v together_o in_o one_o place_n so_o as_o the_o earth_n remain_v uncover_v moreover_o the_o same_o holy_a written_a do_v teach_v we_o that_o these_o gather_n together_o of_o the_o water_n be_v call_v sea_n and_o as_o there_o be_v many_o so_o of_o necessity_n there_o must_v be_v many_o sea_n and_o this_o diversity_n of_o sea_n be_v not_o only_o in_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n whereas_o one_o be_v call_v euxine_a another_o the_o caspian_a a_o other_o the_o erethean_a or_o red_a sea_n a_o other_o the_o persian_a a_o other_o of_o italy_n and_o so_o many_o other_o but_o also_o in_o the_o great_a ocean_n which_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v usual_o call_v a_o gulf_n although_o real_o and_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v but_o a_o sea_n yet_o in_o many_o and_o divers_a manner_n as_o in_o respect_n of_o peru_n and_o all_o america_n the_o one_o be_v call_v the_o north_n sea_n the_o other_o the_o south_n and_o at_o the_o east_n indies_n the_o one_o be_v call_v
buy_v withal_o but_o do_v change_n and_o truck_v one_o thing_n for_o another_o as_o homer_n and_o pliny_n report_n of_o the_o ancient_n they_o have_v some_o other_o thing_n of_o great_a esteem_n 3._o which_o go_v currant_n among_o they_o for_o price_n and_o in_o steed_n of_o coin_n and_o unto_o this_o day_n this_o custom_n continue_v among_o the_o indian_n as_o in_o the_o province_n of_o mexico_n in_o steed_n of_o money_n they_o use_v cacao_n which_o be_v a_o small_a fruit_n and_o therewith_o buy_v what_o they_o will_n in_o peru_n they_o use_v cocae_fw-la to_o the_o same_o end_n the_o which_o be_v a_o leaf_n the_o indian_n esteem_v much_o as_o in_o paraguay_n they_o have_v stamp_v of_o iron_n for_o coin_n and_o cotton_n weave_v in_o s._n croix_n of_o the_o sierre_n final_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o indian_n traffic_n and_o their_o buy_n and_o sell_v be_v to_o exchange_v and_o give_v thing_n for_o thing_n and_o although_o there_o be_v great_a martes_fw-la and_o famous_a fair_n yet_o have_v they_o no_o need_n of_o money_n nor_o of_o broker_n for_o that_o every_o one_o have_v learn_v what_o he_o be_v to_o give_v in_o exchange_n for_o every_o kind_n of_o merchandise_n since_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v the_o indian_n have_v use_v gold_n and_o silver_n to_o buy_v withal_o and_o in_o the_o begin_n there_o be_v no_o coin_n but_o silver_n by_o weight_n be_v theirprice_n and_o money_n as_o they_o report_v of_o the_o ancient_a roman_n since_o 4_o for_o a_o great_a benefit_n they_o have_v forge_v coin_n in_o mexico_n and_o peru_n yet_o unto_o this_o day_n they_o have_v not_o in_o the_o west_n indies_n coin_v any_o money_n of_o copper_n or_o other_o mettle_n but_o only_o of_o silver_n and_o gold_n for_o the_o richnes_n of_o that_o country_n have_v not_o admit_v nor_o receive_v such_o money_n as_o they_o call_v bullion_n nor_o other_o kind_n of_o alloy_n which_o they_o use_v in_o italy_n and_o in_o other_o province_n of_o europe_n although_o in_o some_o land_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o s._n dominique_n &_o port_n ricco_fw-it they_o use_v coin_n of_o leather_n which_o be_v square_a the_o which_o be_v currant_n only_o in_o those_o land_n have_v little_a silver_n or_o gold_n i_o say_v little_a although_o there_o be_v much_o for_o that_o no_o man_n dig_v it_o and_o refine_v it_o but_o for_o that_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o their_o manner_n to_o labour_v in_o the_o mine_n consist_v of_o gold_n silver_n and_o quickeâ—silver_n i_o will_v speak_v some_o thing_n of_o these_o three_o metal_n leave_v the_o rest_n for_o this_o time_n of_o gold_n which_o they_o dig_v and_o refine_v at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 4._o gold_n among_o other_o metal_n have_v be_v always_o hold_v the_o most_o excellent_a and_o with_o reason_n be_v the_o most_o durable_a and_o incorruptible_a of_o all_o other_o for_o sire_n which_o consume_v and_o diminish_v the_o rest_n amend_v it_o and_o bring_v it_o to_o perfection_n gold_n which_o have_v often_o pass_v through_o the_o fire_n keep_v his_o colour_n and_o be_v most_o fine_a and_o pure_a which_o proper_o be_v call_v as_o pliny_n say_v obriso_n whereof_o the_o scripture_n make_v so_o often_o mention_n &_o use_v which_o consume_v all_o other_o metal_n as_o the_o same_o pliny_n say_v do_v not_o any_o thing_n waste_v gold_n 3_o nor_o yet_o hurt_v it_o neither_o be_v it_o eat_v nor_o grow_v old_a and_o although_o his_o substance_n and_o body_n be_v firm_a and_o solid_a yet_o do_v it_o yield_v and_o bow_v wonderful_o the_o beater_n and_o drawer_n of_o gold_n know_v well_o the_o force_v it_o have_v to_o be_v draw_v out_o without_o break_v all_o which_o thing_n well_o consider_v with_o other_o excellent_a property_n will_v give_v man_n of_o judgement_n to_o understand_v wherefore_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v compare_v charity_n to_o gold_n 6._o to_o conclude_v there_o be_v little_a need_n to_o relate_v the_o excellency_n thereof_o to_o make_v it_o more_o desirable_a for_o the_o great_a excellency_n it_o have_v be_v to_o be_v know_v as_o it_o be_v among_o man_n for_o the_o supreme_a power_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o world_n come_v therefore_o to_o our_o subject_n at_o the_o indies_n there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o this_o mettle_n and_o it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o approve_a history_n that_o the_o inguas_fw-la of_o peru_n do_v not_o content_v themselves_o with_o great_a and_o small_a vessel_n of_o gold_n as_o pot_n cup_n goblet_n and_o flagon_n yea_o with_o kowle_n or_o great_a vessel_n but_o they_o have_v chair_n also_o and_o litter_n of_o massy_a gold_n and_o in_o their_o temple_n they_o have_v set_v up_o main_a image_n of_o pure_a gold_n whereof_o they_o find_v some_o yet_o at_o mexico_n but_o not_o such_o store_n as_o when_o the_o first_o conqueror_n come_v into_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o kingdom_n who_o find_v great_a treasure_n and_o without_o doubt_n there_o be_v much_o more_o hide_a in_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o indian_n it_o will_v seem_v ridiculous_a to_o report_v that_o they_o have_v make_v their_o horse_n shoe_n of_o silver_n for_o want_n of_o iron_n and_o that_o they_o have_v pay_v three_o hundred_o crown_n for_o a_o bottle_n of_o wine_n and_o other_o strange_a thing_n and_o yet_o in_o truth_n this_o have_v come_v to_o pass_v yea_o and_o great_a matter_n they_o draw_v gold_n in_o those_o part_n after_o three_o sort_n or_o at_o the_o least_o i_o have_v see_v all_o three_o use_v for_o either_o they_o find_v gold_n in_o grain_n in_o powder_n or_o in_o stone_n they_o do_v call_v gold_n in_o grain_n small_a morsel_n of_o gold_n which_o they_o find_v whole_a without_o mixture_n of_o any_o other_o mettle_n which_o have_v no_o need_n of_o melt_a or_o refine_n in_o the_o fire_n and_o they_o call_v they_o pippin_n for_o that_o common_o they_o be_v like_a to_o pippin_n or_o seed_n of_o melon_n or_o pompion_n and_o that_o whereof_o job_n speak_v when_o he_o say_v leave_v illius_fw-la aurum_fw-la 18._o though_o sometime_o there_o be_v great_a and_o such_o as_o i_o have_v see_v weigh_v many_o pound_n it_o be_v the_o excellency_n of_o this_o mettle_n alone_o as_o pliny_n affirm_v to_o be_v find_v thus_o pure_a and_o perfect_a which_o be_v not_o see_v in_o any_o other_o metal_n 5_o which_o be_v always_o earthly_a and_o have_v a_o scum_n and_o need_v purge_v by_o the_o fire_n i_o have_v likewise_o see_v silver_n natural_a like_a to_o yea_o there_o be_v a_o other_o kind_n which_o the_o indian_n call_v papas_n and_o sometime_o they_o find_v piece_n very_o five_o and_o pure_a like_a to_o small_a round_a root_n the_o which_o be_v rare_a in_o that_o mettle_n but_o usual_a in_o gold_n they_o find_v little_a of_o this_o gold_n in_o pippin_n in_o respect_n of_o the_o other_o kind_n gold_n in_o stone_n be_v a_o vein_n of_o gold_n that_o grow_v or_o engender_v within_o the_o stone_n or_o flint_n as_o i_o have_v see_v in_o the_o mine_n of_o curuma_n within_o the_o government_n of_o salines_n very_o great_a stone_n pierce_v and_o intermix_v with_o gold_n other_o that_o be_v half_a gold_n and_o half_a stone_n the_o gold_n which_o grow_v in_o this_o manner_n be_v find_v in_o pit_n or_o mine_n which_o have_v their_o vein_n like_v to_o the_o silver_n mine_n but_o it_o be_v very_o hard_a to_o draw_v it_o forth_o agatarchides_n write_v in_o his_o first_o book_n of_o the_o erithrean_a or_o red_a sea_n as_o photion_n report_v in_o his_o bibliotheca_fw-la of_o the_o manner_n and_o fashion_n to_o refine_v gold_n draw_v out_o of_o stone_n the_o which_o the_o ancient_a king_n of_o egypt_n be_v wont_a to_o use_v &_o it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n to_o see_v how_o that_o which_o be_v write_v resemble_v proper_o to_o the_o manner_n they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n in_o refine_n these_o metal_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n the_o great_a quantity_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v draw_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v that_o in_o powder_n the_o which_o be_v find_v in_o stream_n and_o place_n where_o much_o water_n have_v pass_v because_o the_o sloud_n at_o the_o indies_n abound_v in_o this_o kind_n of_o gold_n as_o the_o ancient_n for_o this_o occasion_n do_v celebrate_v the_o river_n of_o tagus_n in_o spain_n paâ—olus_n in_o asia_n and_o ganges_n in_o the_o east_n indies_n and_o callâ—d_a theâ—_n râ—menta_fw-la auri_fw-la the_o which_o we_o other_o call_v golâ—e_v in_o powder_n and_o of_o this_o sort_n be_v the_o great_a quantity_n of_o gold_n they_o have_v at_o this_o day_n at_o this_o present_a in_o tâ—e_v â—lands_n of_o barlovent_n hispaniola_n cuba_n and_o port_n ricco_fw-it there_o have_v be_v and_o be_v great_a quantity_n in_o the_o river_n but_o they_o bring_v little_a from_o thence_o into_o spain_n for_o want_v of_o the_o natural_a inhabitant_n of_o the_o country_n &_o the_o difficulty_n to_o
spain_n and_o italy_n we_o have_v see_v admirable_a effect_n of_o this_o stone_n against_o the_o tâ—verdette_n which_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o plague_n but_o not_o so_o muchâ—s_v in_o peru._n they_o do_v apply_v it_o beat_v and_o put_v into_o some_o liquor_n which_o may_v make_v it_o fit_a for_o the_o cure_n of_o melancholy_n the_o fall_a sickness_n pestilent_a fever_n &_o many_o other_o disease_n some_o take_v it_o in_o wine_n other_o in_o vinegar_n with_o water_n dezahac_n of_o league_n de_fw-mi beufe_z borrage_n and_o other_o sort_n as_o the_o physician_n and_o apoticary_n can_v tell_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n have_v no_o proper_a savour_n as_o rasis_fw-la the_o arabian_a do_v testify_v we_o have_v see_v notable_a trial_n and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o the_o author_n of_o this_o universal_a world_n have_v give_v great_a virtue_n to_o this_o stone_n the_o bezaar_n stone_n which_o come_v from_o the_o east_n indies_n have_v the_o first_o place_n of_o account_n they_o be_v of_o a_o olive_n colour_n the_o second_o be_v those_o of_o peru_n and_o the_o three_o those_o of_o new_a spain_n since_o that_o these_o stone_n be_v in_o request_n they_o say_v the_o indian_n have_v make_v artificial_a one_o and_o many_o when_o they_o see_v these_o stone_n great_a than_o the_o ordinary_a they_o take_v they_o to_o be_v false_a and_o counterfeit_a trial_n and_o experience_n be_v the_o best_a mistress_n to_o know_v they_o one_o thing_n be_v worthy_a admiration_n that_o they_o grow_v and_o be_v fashion_v upon_o very_o strange_a thing_n as_o upon_o the_o tag_n of_o a_o point_n upon_o a_o pin_n or_o a_o piece_n of_o wood_n which_o they_o find_v in_o the_o centre_n of_o this_o stone_n and_o yet_o do_v they_o not_o hold_v it_o false_a for_o that_o the_o beast_n may_v swallow_v it_o and_o the_o stone_n thicken_v upon_o it_o and_o grow_v one_o upon_o another_o and_o so_o it_o increase_v i_o do_v see_v in_o peru_n two_o stone_n fashion_v upon_o pignon_n of_o castille_n which_o make_v we_o to_o wonder_n much_o for_o that_o in_o all_o peru_n we_o have_v not_o see_v any_o pine_n or_o pignon_n of_o castille_n if_o they_o be_v not_o bring_v from_o spain_n which_o seem_v to_o i_o very_o extraordinary_a this_o little_a may_v suffice_v touch_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n they_o bring_v other_o physical_a stone_n from_o the_o indies_n as_o the_o stone_n of_o hyiada_n or_o of_o rate_n the_o blood_n stone_n the_o stone_n of_o milk_n and_o of_o the_o sea_n those_o which_o they_o call_v cornerinaâ—_n for_o the_o heart_n whereof_o there_o be_v no_o need_n to_o speak_v have_v nothing_o common_a with_o the_o subject_n of_o beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v entreat_v which_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v how_o the_o great_a master_n and_o author_n of_o all_o have_v impart_v his_o benefit_n and_o wonderful_a secret_n to_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n for_o the_o which_o he_o be_v to_o be_v glorify_v for_o ever_o *_o âŽ_o *_o a_o prologue_n to_o the_o book_n follow_v have_v entreat_v of_o the_o natural_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n i_o will_v hereafter_o discourse_v of_o the_o moral_a history_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o the_o deed_n and_o custom_n of_o the_o indies_n for_o after_o the_o heaven_n the_o temperature_n the_o situation_n &_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o new_a world_n after_o the_o element_n &_o mixture_n i_o mean_v metal_n plant_n &_o beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v speak_v in_o the_o former_a book_n as_o occasion_n do_v serve_v both_o order_n &_o reason_n do_v invite_v we_o to_o continue_v and_o undertake_v the_o discourse_n of_o those_o man_n which_o inhabit_v the_o new_a world_n and_o therefore_o i_o pretend_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n to_o speak_v what_o i_o think_v worthy_a of_o this_o subject_n and_o for_o that_o the_o intention_n of_o this_o history_n be_v not_o only_o to_o give_v knowledge_n of_o what_o have_v pass_v at_o the_o indies_n but_o also_o to_o continue_v this_o knowledge_n to_o the_o fruit_n we_o may_v gather_v by_o it_o which_o be_v to_o help_v this_o people_n for_o their_o soul_n health_n and_o to_o glorify_v the_o creator_n and_o redeemer_n who_o have_v draw_v they_o from_o the_o obscure_a darkness_n of_o their_o infidelity_n and_o impart_v unto_o they_o the_o admirable_a light_n of_o his_o gospel_n and_o therefore_o i_o will_v first_o speak_v in_o these_o book_n follow_v what_o concern_v their_o religion_n or_o superstition_n their_o custom_n their_o idolatry_n and_o their_o sacrifice_n and_o after_o what_o concern_v their_o policy_n and_o government_n their_o law_n custom_n and_o their_o deed_n and_o for_o that_o the_o memory_n be_v preserve_v among_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n of_o their_o beginning_n succession_n war_n and_o other_o thing_n worthy_a the_o relation_n beside_o that_o which_o shall_v be_v handle_v in_o the_o six_o book_n i_o will_v make_v a_o peculiar_a discourse_n in_o the_o seven_o show_v the_o disposition_n and_o forewarning_n this_o nation_n have_v of_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n our_o lord_n which_o shall_v be_v extend_v in_o these_o country_n and_o shall_v conquer_v they_o to_o himself_o as_o he_o have_v doâ—e_n in_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o world_n the_o which_o in_o truth_n be_v a_o thing_n worthy_a of_o great_a consideration_n to_o see_v how_o the_o divine_a providence_n have_v appointeâ—_n that_o the_o light_n of_o his_o word_n shall_v find_v a_o passage_n in_o the_o further_a bound_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v not_o my_o project_n at_o this_o time_n to_o write_v what_o the_o spaniard_n have_v do_v in_o those_o part_n for_o there_o be_v book_n enough_o write_v upon_o this_o subject_n nor_o yet_o how_o the_o lord_n servant_n have_v labour_v and_o profit_v for_o that_o require_v a_o new_a labour_n i_o will_v only_o content_v myself_o to_o plant_v this_o history_n and_o relation_n at_o the_o door_n of_o the_o gospel_n see_v it_o be_v already_o enter_v and_o to_o make_v know_v the_o natural_a and_o moral_a thing_n of_o the_o indies_n to_o the_o end_n that_o christianity_n may_v be_v plant_v and_o augment_v as_o it_o be_v expound_v at_o large_a in_o the_o book_n we_o have_v write_v de_fw-fr procuranda_fw-la indiorum_fw-la salute_n and_o if_o any_o one_o wonder_n at_o some_o fashion_n &_o custom_n of_o the_o indies_n &_o will_v scorn_v they_o as_o fool_n or_o abhor_v they_o as_o devilish_a and_o inhuman_a people_n let_v he_o remember_v that_o the_o same_o thing_n yea_o worse_o have_v be_v see_v among_o the_o greek_n and_o roman_n who_o have_v command_v the_o whole_a world_n as_o we_o may_v easy_o understand_v not_o only_o of_o our_o author_n as_o eusebius_n of_o caesarea_n clement_n alexandrine_n and_o other_o but_o also_o of_o their_o own_o as_o pliny_n denis_n halicarnassis_n and_o plutarch_n for_o the_o prince_n of_o darkness_n be_v the_o head_n of_o all_o infidelity_n it_o be_v no_o new_a thing_n to_o find_v among_o infidel_n cruelty_n filthiness_n and_o folly_n fit_a for_o such_o a_o master_n and_o although_o the_o ancient_a gentile_n have_v far_o surpass_v these_o of_o the_o new_a world_n in_o valour_n and_o natural_a knowledge_n yet_o may_v we_o observe_v many_o thing_n in_o they_o worthy_a the_o remembrance_n but_o to_o conclude_v they_o show_v to_o be_v barbarous_a people_n who_o be_v deprive_v of_o the_o supernatural_a light_n want_v likewise_o philosophy_n and_o natural_a knowledge_n the_o five_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n that_o the_o pride_n and_o malice_n of_o the_o devil_n have_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o idolatry_n chap._n 1._o the_o pride_n and_o presumption_n of_o the_o devil_n be_v so_o great_a &_o obstinate_a that_o always_o he_o seek_v and_o strive_v to_o be_v honour_v as_o god_n and_o do_v arrogate_v to_o himself_o all_o he_o can_v whatsoever_o do_v appertain_v to_o the_o most_o high_a god_n he_o cease_v not_o to_o abuse_v the_o blind_a nation_n of_o the_o world_n upon_o who_o the_o clear_a light_n of_o the_o holy_a gospel_n have_v not_o yet_o shine_v 41._o we_o read_v in_o job_n of_o this_o proud_a tyrant_n who_o set_v his_o eye_n aloft_o and_o among_o all_o the_o son_n of_o pride_n he_o be_v the_o king_n the_o holy_a scripture_n instructe_v we_o plain_o of_o his_o vile_a intention_n and_o his_o overween_a treason_n whereby_o he_o have_v pretend_v to_o make_v his_o throne_n equal_a unto_o god_n say_v in_o isaiah_n thou_o do_v say_v within_o thyself_o i_o will_v mount_v up_o to_o heaven_n 14._o and_o set_v my_o chair_n upon_o all_o the_o star_n of_o heaven_n and_o i_o will_v sit_v upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o firmament_n and_o in_o the_o side_n of_o the_o north_n i_o will_v ascend_v above_o the_o height_n of_o the_o cloud_n and_o will_v be_v like_a to_o the_o most_o high_a 2d_o and_o in_o ezechiel_n thy_o heart_n be_v lift_v up_o and_o thou_o
the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n indies_n entreat_v of_o the_o remarkable_a thing_n of_o heaven_n of_o the_o element_n metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n which_o be_v proper_a to_o that_o country_n together_o with_o the_o manner_n ceremony_n law_n governement_n and_o war_n of_o the_o indian_n write_a in_o spanish_a by_o joseph_n acosta_n and_o translate_v into_o english_a by_o e._n g_o 〈…〉_z london_n print_v by_o val_n sims_n for_o edward_n blount_n and_o william_n aspley_n 1604._o to_o the_o right_n honourable_a sir_n robert_n cicill_n knight_n baron_n of_o essingden_n viscount_n cranborne_n principal_a secretary_n to_o his_o majesty_n master_n of_o the_o court_n of_o ward_n and_o livery_n and_o one_o of_o his_o highness_n most_o honourable_a privy_a counsel_n right_o honourable_a if_o it_o appear_v presumption_n in_o i_o to_o show_v my_o love_n my_o duty_n betray_v i_o to_o it_o the_o advantage_n i_o have_v glean_v from_o idle_a hour_n in_o exchange_v this_o indian_a history_n from_o spanish_a to_o english_a be_v commend_v to_o your_o honour_n patronage_n who_o first_o father_n joseph_n acosta_n have_v with_o great_a observation_n make_v worthy_a the_o overlook_a a_o great_a motive_n then_o that_o you_o be_v yourself_o need_v not_o to_o excite_v i_o to_o this_o dedication_n i_o beseech_v you_o my_o good_a lord_n take_v it_o into_o shelter_n and_o receive_v that_o which_o be_v not_o for_o that_o which_o i_o will_v it_o be_v let_v my_o insufficiency_n be_v measure_v by_o my_o good_a will_n so_o shall_v my_o poor_a ability_n thrive_v under_o your_o encouragement_n and_o happy_o lead_v i_o on_o to_o some_o strong_a undertake_n wherein_o i_o shall_v be_v bind_v to_o thank_v you_o for_o i_o own_o pain_n and_o for_o ever_o remain_v your_o lordship_n most_o devote_v e._n g._n the_o author_n advertisement_n to_o the_o reader_n many_o have_v write_v sundry_a book_n and_o discourse_n of_o the_o new_a world_n at_o the_o west_n indies_n wherein_o they_o describe_v new_a and_o strange_a thing_n discover_v in_o those_o part_n with_o the_o act_n and_o adventure_n of_o the_o spaniard_n which_o have_v conquer_v and_o people_v those_o country_n but_o hitherto_o i_o have_v not_o see_v any_o other_o author_n which_o treat_v of_o the_o cause_n and_o reason_n of_o these_o novelty_n and_o wonder_n of_o nature_n or_o that_o have_v make_v any_o search_n thereof_o neither_o have_v i_o read_v any_o book_n which_o make_v mention_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o ancient_a indian_n and_o natural_a inhabitant_n of_o the_o new_a world_n in_o truth_n these_o two_o thing_n be_v difficult_a the_o first_o be_v the_o work_n of_o nature_n contrary_a to_o the_o ancient_a and_o receive_a philosophy_n as_o to_o show_v that_o the_o region_n which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n be_v very_o moist_a and_o in_o many_o place_n very_o temperate_a and_o that_o it_o rain_v there_o whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a with_o such_o like_a thing_n for_o such_o as_o have_v write_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n have_v not_o make_v profession_n of_o so_o deep_a philosophy_n yea_o the_o great_a part_n of_o those_o writer_n have_v have_v no_o knowledge_n thereof_o the_o second_o thing_n it_o treat_v of_o be_v of_o the_o proper_a history_n of_o the_o indian_n the_o which_o require_v much_o conference_n and_o travail_n among_o the_o indian_n themselves_z the_o which_o most_o of_o they_o that_o have_v treat_v of_o the_o indies_n can_v not_o do_v either_o not_o understand_v the_o language_n or_o not_o curious_a in_o the_o search_n of_o their_o antiquity_n so_o as_o they_o have_v be_v content_v to_o handle_v those_o thing_n which_o have_v be_v most_o common_a and_o superficial_a desire_v therefore_o to_o have_v some_o more_o particular_a knowledge_n thereof_o i_o have_v be_v careful_a to_o learn_v from_o man_n of_o great_a experience_n and_o best_a see_v in_o these_o matter_n and_o to_o gather_v from_o their_o discourse_n and_o relation_n what_o i_o have_v thought_n sit_v to_o give_v knowledge_n of_o the_o deed_n and_o custom_n of_o these_o people_n and_o for_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o nature_n of_o those_o country_n and_o their_o property_n i_o have_v learn_v it_o by_o the_o experience_n of_o many_o friend_n and_o by_o my_o diligence_n to_o search_v discover_v and_o confer_v with_o man_n of_o judgement_n and_o knowledge_n in_o my_o opinion_n there_o be_v many_o advertisement_n which_o may_v serve_v and_o benefit_v better_a wit_n for_o the_o search_v out_o of_o the_o truth_n or_o to_o proceed_v far_o in_o find_v that_o please_v which_o be_v contain_v herein_o so_o as_o although_o this_o new_a world_n be_v not_o new_a but_o old_a in_o respect_n of_o the_o much_o which_o have_v be_v write_v thereof_o yet_o this_o history_n may_v in_o some_o sort_n be_v hâ—ld_v for_o new_a for_o it_o be_v partly_o historical_a and_o partly_o philosophical_a as_o well_o for_o that_o they_o be_v the_o work_n of_o nature_n as_o of_o freewill_n which_o be_v the_o deed_n and_o custom_n of_o man_n the_o which_o have_v cause_v i_o to_o name_v it_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n contain_v these_o two_o thing_n in_o the_o first_o two_o book_n mention_n be_v make_v of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o heaven_n temperature_n and_o habitation_n of_o the_o world_n which_o book_n i_o have_v first_o write_v in_o latin_a &_o now_o i_o have_v translate_v they_o into_o spanish_a use_v more_o the_o liberty_n of_o a_o author_n than_o the_o strict_a bond_n of_o a_o translator_n to_o apply_v myself_o the_o better_a to_o those_o for_o who_o it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o vulgar_a tongue_n in_o the_o two_o follow_a book_n be_v treat_v of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o element_n and_o natural_a mixture_n as_o metal_n plant_n beast_n and_o what_o else_o be_v remarkable_a at_o the_o indies_n the_o rest_n of_o the_o book_n relate_v what_o i_o can_v certain_o discover_v and_o what_o i_o think_v worthy_a memory_n of_o the_o indian_n themselves_o their_o ceremony_n custom_n government_n war_n &_o adventure_n in_o the_o same_o history_n shall_v be_v speak_v as_o i_o can_v learn_v and_o comprehend_v of_o the_o figure_n of_o the_o ancient_a indian_n see_v they_o have_v no_o writing_n nor_o character_n as_o we_o have_v which_o be_v no_o small_a industry_n to_o have_v preserve_v their_o antiquity_n without_o the_o use_n of_o letter_n to_o conclude_v the_o scope_n of_o this_o work_n be_v that_o have_v knowledge_n of_o the_o work_n of_o nature_n which_o the_o wise_a author_n of_o all_o nature_n make_v we_o may_v praise_v and_o glorify_v the_o high_a god_n who_o be_v wonderful_a in_o all_o thing_n and_o all_o place_n and_o have_v knowledge_n of_o the_o indian_n custom_n we_o may_v help_v they_o more_o easy_o to_o follow_v and_o persevere_v in_o the_o high_a vocation_n of_o the_o gospel_n to_o the_o knowledge_n whereof_o the_o lord_n will_v draw_v this_o blind_a nation_n in_o these_o latter_a day_n beside_o all_o these_o thing_n every_o one_o may_v suck_v out_o some_o profit_n for_o himself_o for_o that_o the_o wise_a do_v always_o draw_v forth_o some_o good_a out_o of_o the_o small_a subject_n as_o we_o find_v deep_a philosophy_n in_o the_o least_o and_o base_a creature_n i_o must_v only_o advertise_v the_o reader_n that_o the_o two_o first_o book_n of_o this_o history_n or_o discourse_n be_v write_v in_o peru_n and_o the_o other_o five_o since_o in_o europe_n duty_n bind_v i_o to_o return_v into_o these_o part_n so_o as_o some_o speak_v of_o matter_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o of_o thing_n present_a and_o other_o as_o be_v absent_a and_o therefore_o i_o have_v think_v it_o good_a to_o advertise_v the_o reader_n hereof_o that_o this_o diversity_n of_o speech_n may_v not_o be_v troublesome_a unto_o he_o farewell_n a_o table_n of_o the_o most_o remarkable_a thing_n contain_v in_o this_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n a._n abundance_n of_o water_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n folio_fw-la 93_o absurdity_n of_o plato_n atlantike_a island_n 73_o abuse_n of_o the_o spaniard_n at_o peru_n take_v winter_n for_o summer_n 89_o acamapach_n first_o king_n of_o mexico_n 482_o accord_n betwixt_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n &_o his_o subject_n before_o they_o attempt_v a_o war_n 532_o adlaguagi_n a_o kind_n of_o mummery_n of_o woman_n 367_o act_n of_o ferdinand_n cortes_n 574_o adimant_n make_v a_o path_n in_o the_o sea_n 57_o the_o adamant_n impart_v a_o virtue_n to_o iron_n to_o look_v always_o towards_o the_o north_n 58_o use_v of_o the_o adamant_n to_o sail_v by_o not_o ancient_a 59_o adoration_n of_o the_o dead_a begin_v and_o augment_v 340_o adultery_n punish_v with_o death_n 469_o agility_n of_o monkey_n 315_o air_n how_o necessary_a for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n 114_o the_o air_n stir_v with_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n
indies_n have_v discover_v and_o people_v after_o the_o same_o sort_n as_o we_o do_v at_o this_o day_n that_o be_v by_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n and_o aid_n of_o pilot_n the_o which_o guide_v themselves_o by_o the_o height_n and_o knowledge_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o by_o their_o industry_n in_o handle_v and_o change_v of_o their_o sail_n according_a to_o the_o season_n why_o may_v not_o this_o well_o be_v must_v we_o believe_v that_o we_o alone_o and_o in_o this_o our_o age_n have_v only_o the_o art_n and_o knowledge_n to_o sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n we_o see_v even_o now_o that_o they_o cut_v through_o the_o ocean_n to_o discover_v new_a land_n as_o not_o long_o since_o alvero_n mendana_n and_o his_o companion_n do_v who_o part_v from_o the_o port_n of_o lima_n come_v alongst_o the_o west_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o lie_v eastward_o from_o perâ—_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o three_o month_n they_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v the_o land_n of_o solomon_n which_o be_v many_o and_o very_o great_a and_o by_o all_o likelehood_n they_o lie_v adjoin_v to_o new_a guinnie_n or_o else_o be_v very_o near_o to_o some_o other_o firm_a land_n and_o even_o now_o by_o commandment_n from_o the_o king_n and_o his_o counsel_n they_o be_v resolve_v to_o prepare_v a_o new_a fleet_n for_o these_o land_n see_v it_o be_v thus_o why_o may_v we_o not_o suppose_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v the_o courage_n and_o resolution_n to_o travel_v by_o sea_n with_o the_o same_o intent_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v anticthoâ—_n opposite_a to_o they_o and_o that_o according_a to_o the_o discourse_n of_o their_o philosophy_n it_o shall_v be_v with_o a_o intent_n not_o to_o rest_v until_o they_o come_v in_o view_n of_o the_o land_n they_o seek_v sure_o there_o be_v no_o repugnancy_n or_o contrariety_n in_o that_o which_o we_o see_v happen_v at_o this_o day_n and_o that_o of_o former_a age_n see_v that_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v witâ—es_n that_o solomon_n take_v master_n and_o pilot_n from_o tyre_n and_o sidon_n man_n very_o expert_a in_o navigation_n 9_o who_o by_o their_o industry_n perform_v this_o voyage_n in_o three_o year_n 10._o to_o what_o end_n think_v you_o do_v it_o note_v the_o art_n of_o mariner_n and_o their_o knowledge_n with_o their_o long_a voyage_n of_o three_o year_n but_o to_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o solomon_n sleet_n sail_v through_o the_o great_a ocean_n many_o be_v of_o this_o opinion_n which_o think_v that_o s._n augustine_n have_v small_a reason_n to_o wonder_v at_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o ocean_n who_o may_v well_o conjecture_v that_o it_o be_v not_o so_o difficult_a to_o sail_v through_o consider_v what_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o solomon_n navigation_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o be_o of_o a_o contrary_a opinion_n neither_o can_v i_o persuade_v myself_o that_o the_o first_o indian_n come_v to_o this_o new_a world_n of_o purpose_n by_o a_o determine_a voyage_n neither_o will_v i_o yield_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v knowledgein_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n whereby_o man_n at_o this_o day_n pass_v the_o ocean_n from_o one_o part_n to_o another_o where_o they_o please_v the_o which_o they_o perform_v with_o a_o incredible_a swiftness_n and_o resolution_n neither_o do_v i_o find_v in_o all_o antiquity_n any_o mark_n or_o testimony_n of_o so_o notable_a a_o thing_n and_o of_o so_o great_a importance_n beside_o i_o find_v not_o that_o in_o ancient_a book_n there_o be_v any_o mention_n make_v of_o the_o use_n of_o the_o adamant_n or_o loadstone_n nor_o of_o the_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o yea_o i_o believe_v they_o have_v no_o knowledge_n thereof_o and_o if_o we_o take_v away_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o we_o shall_v easy_o judge_v how_o impossible_a it_o be_v for_o they_o to_o pass_v the_o great_a ocean_n such_o as_o have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sea_n understand_v i_o well_o for_o that_o it_o be_v as_o easy_a to_o believe_v that_o a_o mariner_n in_o full_a sea_n can_v direct_v his_o course_n where_o he_o please_v without_o a_o compass_n as_o for_o a_o blind_a man_n to_o show_v with_o his_o finger_n any_o thing_n be_v it_o near_o or_o far_o off_o and_o it_o be_v strange_a that_o the_o ancient_n have_v be_v so_o long_o ignorant_a of_o this_o excellent_a property_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n 4._o for_o pliny_n who_o be_v so_o curious_a in_o natural_a cause_n write_v of_o this_o adamant_n stone_n speak_v nothing_o of_o that_o virtue_n and_o property_n it_o have_v always_o to_o turn_v the_o iron_n which_o it_o touch_v towards_o the_o north_n the_o which_o be_v the_o most_o admirable_a virtue_n it_o have_v aristotle_n theophrastes_n dioscorides_n lucretius_n nor_o any_o other_o writer_n or_o natural_a philosopher_n 6._o that_o i_o have_v see_v make_v any_o mention_n thereof_o although_o they_o treat_v of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n saint_n augustine_n write_v many_o and_o sundry_a property_n and_o excellency_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n magnett_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n speak_v nothing_o thereof_o and_o without_o doubt_n all_o the_o excellency_n speak_v of_o this_o stone_n be_v nothing_o in_o respect_n of_o this_o strange_a property_n look_v always_o towards_o the_o north_n which_o be_v a_o great_a wonder_n of_o nature_n there_o be_v yet_o another_o argument_n 16_o for_o plinic_n treat_v of_o the_o first_o inventor_n of_o navigation_n and_o name_v all_o the_o instrument_n yet_o he_o speak_v nothing_o of_o the_o compass_n to_o saâ—e_v by_o nor_o of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n i_o say_v only_o that_o the_o art_n to_o know_v the_o star_n be_v invent_v by_o the_o phaeniciens_fw-la and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o whatsoever_o the_o ancient_n know_v of_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n be_v only_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o star_n and_o observe_v the_o shore_n cape_n and_o difference_n of_o land_n and_o if_o they_o have_v once_o lose_v the_o sight_n of_o land_n they_o know_v not_o which_o way_n to_o direct_v their_o course_n but_o by_o the_o star_n sun_n and_o moon_n and_o that_o sail_v as_o it_o do_v often_o in_o a_o dark_a and_o cloudy_a season_n they_o do_v govern_v themselves_o by_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o by_o conjecture_n of_o the_o way_n which_o they_o have_v pass_v final_o they_o go_v as_o they_o be_v guide_v by_o their_o own_o motion_n as_o at_o the_o indies_n the_o indian_n sail_v a_o long_a way_n by_o sea_n guide_v only_o by_o their_o own_o industry_n &_o natural_a instinct_n and_o it_o serve_v great_o to_o purpose_n that_o which_o pliny_n write_v of_o the_o islander_n of_o taprobana_n which_o at_o this_o day_n we_o call_v sumatra_n speak_v in_o this_o sort_n when_o as_o he_o treat_v of_o the_o art_n and_o industry_n they_o use_v in_o sail_v those_o of_o taprobana_n see_v not_o the_o north_n to_o sail_v by_o which_o defect_n they_o supply_v with_o certain_a small_a bird_n they_o carry_v with_o they_o the_o which_o they_o often_o let_v fly_v and_o as_o those_o bird_n by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n fly_v always_o towards_o the_o land_n so_o the_o mariner_n direct_v their_o course_n after_o they_o who_o doubt_v then_o if_o they_o have_v have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o compass_n they_o will_v not_o have_v use_v these_o little_a bird_n for_o their_o guide_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n to_o conclude_v this_o suffice_v to_o show_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o secret_n of_o the_o loadstone_n see_v that_o for_o so_o notable_a a_o thing_n there_o be_v no_o proper_a word_n in_o latin_a greek_a or_o hebrew_n for_o a_o thing_n of_o such_o importance_n can_v not_o have_v want_v a_o name_n in_o these_o tongue_n if_o they_o have_v know_v it_o whereupon_o the_o pilot_n at_o this_o day_n to_o direct_v he_o his_o course_n that_o hold_v the_o helm_n sit_v aloft_o in_o the_o poop_n of_o the_o ship_n the_o better_a to_o observe_v the_o compass_n where_o as_o in_o old_a time_n they_o sit_v in_o the_o prow_n of_o the_o ship_n to_o mark_v the_o difference_n of_o land_n and_o sea_n from_o which_o place_n they_o command_v the_o helm_n as_o they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n at_o the_o entry_n or_o go_v out_o of_o any_o port_n or_o haven_n and_o therefore_o the_o greek_n call_v pilot_n proritaes_fw-la for_o that_o they_o remain_v still_o in_o the_o prow_n of_o the_o property_n and_o admirable_a virtue_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n for_o navigation_n whereof_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n chap._n 17._o by_o that_o which_o have_v be_v former_o speak_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o navigation_n to_o the_o indies_n be_v as_o certain_a and_o as_o short_a as_o we_o be_v assure_v of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n and_o at_o this_o day_n we_o see_v many_o that_o
yucay_v which_o join_v with_o another_o run_v into_o the_o north_n sea_n with_o a_o violent_a and_o furious_a course_n this_o spring_n when_o it_o come_v out_o of_o the_o rock_n bilcanota_n as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v of_o the_o colour_n of_o lie_n have_v a_o asshie_a colour_n and_o cast_v a_o fume_n as_o a_o thing_n burn_v the_o which_o run_v far_o in_o this_o sort_n until_o the_o multitude_n of_o water_n that_o run_v into_o it_o quench_v this_o smoke_n and_o fire_n which_o it_o draw_v from_o the_o spring_n in_o new_a spain_n i_o have_v see_v a_o spring_n as_o it_o be_v ink_n somewhat_o blue_a in_o peru_n another_o of_o colour_n red_a like_o blood_n whereupon_o they_o call_v it_o the_o red_a river_n of_o rivers_n chap._n 18._o among_o all_o river_n not_o only_o at_o the_o indies_n but_o general_o through_o the_o world_n the_o river_n maragnon_n or_o of_o amazon_n be_v the_o chief_a whereof_o we_o have_v speak_v in_o the_o former_a book_n the_o spaniard_n have_v often_o sail_v it_o pretend_v to_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o by_o report_n be_v very_o rich_a especial_o those_o they_o call_v dorado_n and_o paytiti_n jean_n de_fw-fr salny_n the_o adelantade_fw-la make_v a_o memorable_a entry_n though_o of_o small_a effect_n there_o be_v a_o passage_n which_o they_o call_v pongo_n one_o of_o the_o most_o dangerous_a in_o all_o the_o world_n for_o the_o river_n be_v there_o straighten_v and_o force_v betwixt_o two_o high_a steep_a rock_n the_o water_n fall_v direct_o down_o with_o so_o great_a a_o violence_n that_o come_v steep_a down_o it_o cause_v such_o a_o boil_a as_o it_o seem_v impossible_a to_o pass_v it_o without_o drown_v yet_o the_o courage_n of_o man_n dare_v attempt_v to_o pass_v it_o for_o the_o desire_n of_o this_o renown_a dorado_n they_o slip_v down_o from_o the_o top_n to_o the_o bottom_n thrust_v on_o with_o the_o violence_n and_o currant_n of_o the_o flood_n hold_v themselves_o fast_o in_o their_o canoe_n or_o bark_n and_o although_o in_o fall_v they_o be_v turn_v topsy_n turvie_o and_o both_o they_o and_o their_o canoe_n plunge_v into_o the_o deep_a yet_o by_o their_o care_n and_o industry_n they_o recover_v themselves_o again_o and_o in_o this_o sort_n the_o whole_a army_n escape_v except_o some_o few_o that_o be_v drown_v and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o admirable_a they_o carry_v themselves_o so_o cunning_o that_o they_o neither_o lose_v their_o powder_n nor_o munition_n in_o their_o return_n have_v suffer_v many_o trouble_n and_o danger_n they_o be_v force_v in_o the_o end_n to_o pass_v back_o that_o same_o way_n mount_v by_o one_o of_o those_o high_a rock_n stick_v their_o poniard_n in_o the_o rock_n captain_n peter_n d'_fw-fr orsua_n make_v a_o other_o entry_n by_o the_o same_o river_n who_o be_v dead_a in_o the_o same_o voyage_n and_o the_o soldier_n mutine_v other_o captain_n follow_v the_o enterprise_n by_o a_o arm_n that_o come_v into_o the_o north_n sea_n a_o religious_a man_n of_o our_o company_n tell_v we_o that_o be_v then_o a_o secular_a man_n he_o be_v present_a in_o a_o manner_n at_o all_o that_o enterprise_n and_o that_o the_o tide_n do_v flow_v almost_o a_o hundred_o league_n up_o the_o river_n and_o whereas_o it_o enter_v into_o the_o sea_n the_o which_o be_v under_o the_o line_n or_o very_o near_a it_o have_v 70._o league_n breadth_n at_o the_o mouth_n of_o it_o a_o matter_n incredible_a and_o which_o exceed_v the_o breadth_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n though_o there_o be_v some_o other_o who_o in_o their_o description_n give_v it_o but_o twenty_o five_o or_o thirty_o league_n breadth_n at_o the_o mouth_n next_o to_o this_o river_n that_o of_o plata_fw-la or_o of_o silver_n hold_v the_o second_o place_n which_o be_v otherwise_o call_v paraguâ—y_n which_o run_v from_o the_o mountain_n of_o peru_n into_o the_o sea_n in_o thirty_o five_o degree_n of_o altitude_n to_o the_o south_n it_o rise_v as_o they_o say_v like_v to_o the_o river_n of_o nile_n but_o much_o more_o without_o comparison_n and_o make_v the_o field_n it_o overflow_v like_a unto_o a_o sea_n for_o the_o space_n of_o three_o month_n and_o after_o return_v again_o to_o his_o course_n in_o the_o which_o ship_n do_v sail_v many_o league_n against_o the_o stream_n there_o be_v many_o other_o river_n that_o be_v not_o of_o that_o greatness_n and_o yet_o be_v equal_a yea_o they_o surpass_v the_o great_a of_o europe_n as_o that_o of_o magdalaine_n near_o to_o saint_n marthe_n the_o great_a river_n and_o that_o of_o alvarado_n in_o new_a spain_n and_o a_o infinite_a number_n of_o other_o of_o the_o south_n side_n on_o the_o mountain_n of_o peru_n the_o river_n be_v not_o usual_o so_o great_a for_o that_o their_o current_n be_v not_o long_o and_o that_o many_o water_n can_v join_v together_o but_o they_o be_v very_o swift_a descend_v from_o the_o mountain_n and_o have_v sudden_a fall_n by_o reason_n whereof_o they_o be_v very_o dangerous_a and_o many_o man_n have_v perish_v there_o they_o increase_v and_o overflowe_v most_o in_o the_o time_n of_o heat_n i_o have_v go_v over_o twenty_o and_o seven_o river_n upon_o that_o coast_n yet_o do_v i_o never_o pass_v any_o one_o by_o a_o ford_n the_o indian_n use_v a_o thousand_o devise_n to_o pass_v their_o river_n in_o some_o place_n they_o have_v a_o long_a cord_n that_o run_v fro_o one_o side_n to_o the_o other_o &_o thereon_o hang_v a_o basket_n into_o the_o which_o he_o put_v himself_o that_o mean_n to_o pass_v and_o then_o they_o draw_v it_o from_o the_o bank_n with_o another_o cord_n so_o as_o he_o pass_v in_o this_o basket_n in_o other_o place_n the_o indian_a pass_v as_o it_o be_v on_o horse_n back_o upon_o a_o bottle_n of_o straw_n and_o behind_o he_o he_o that_o desire_v to_o pass_v and_o so_o row_v with_o a_o piece_n of_o a_o board_n carry_v he_o over_o in_o other_o place_n they_o make_v a_o float_n of_o gourd_n or_o pompion_n upon_o the_o which_o they_o set_v man_n with_o their_o stuff_n to_o carry_v over_o and_o the_o indian_n have_v cord_n fasten_v to_o they_o go_v swim_v before_o and_o draw_v this_o float_n of_o pompion_n after_o they_o as_o horse_n do_v a_o coach_n other_o go_v behind_o thrust_v it_o forward_o have_v pass_v they_o take_v their_o bark_n of_o pompion_n upon_o their_o back_n and_o return_v swim_v this_o they_o do_v in_o the_o river_n of_o saint_n at_o peru._n we_o pass_v that_o of_o alvarado_n in_o new_a spain_n upon_o a_o table_n which_o the_o indian_n carry_v upon_o their_o shoulder_n and_o when_o they_o lose_v their_o foot_n they_o swim_v these_o devise_n with_o a_o thousand_o other_o wherewith_o they_o use_v to_o pass_v their_o river_n breed_v a_o terror_n in_o the_o beholder_n help_v themselves_o with_o such_o weak_a and_o unsure_a mean_n and_o yet_o they_o be_v very_o confident_a they_o do_v use_v no_o other_o bridge_n but_o of_o hair_n or_o of_o straw_n there_o be_v now_o upon_o some_o river_n bridge_n of_o stone_n build_v by_o the_o diligence_n of_o some_o governor_n but_o many_o few_o than_o be_v needful_a in_o such_o a_o country_n where_o so_o many_o man_n be_v drown_v by_o default_n thereof_o and_o the_o which_o yield_v so_o much_o silver_n as_o not_o only_a spain_n but_o also_o other_o strange_a country_n make_v sumptuous_a building_n therewith_o the_o indian_n do_v draw_v from_o these_o flood_n that_o run_v from_o the_o mountain_n to_o the_o valley_n and_o plain_n many_o and_o great_a brook_n to_o water_v their_o land_n which_o they_o usual_o do_v with_o such_o industry_n as_o there_o be_v no_o better_o in_o murcia_n nor_o at_o milan_n itself_o the_o which_o be_v also_o the_o great_a and_o only_a wealth_n of_o the_o plain_n of_o peru_n and_o of_o many_o other_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n of_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n in_o general_n chap._n 19_o we_o may_v know_v the_o quality_n of_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n for_o the_o great_a part_n see_v it_o be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o three_o element_n whereof_o we_o have_v propound_v to_o treat_v in_o this_o book_n by_o the_o discourse_n we_o have_v make_v in_o the_o former_a book_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n see_v that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n do_v lie_v under_o it_o but_o to_o make_v it_o know_v the_o more_o particular_o i_o have_v observe_v three_o kind_n of_o land_n as_o i_o have_v pass_v through_o those_o region_n whereof_o there_o be_v one_o very_o low_a another_o very_a high_a and_o the_o three_o which_o hold_v the_o middle_a of_o these_o two_o extreme_n the_o low_a be_v that_o which_o lie_v by_o the_o sea_n coast_n whereof_o there_o be_v in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o it_o be_v common_o very_o hot_a and_o moist_a so_o as_o it_o be_v
draw_v it_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o chille_n of_o quitto_n and_o in_o the_o new_a realm_n of_o grenado_n the_o most_o famous_a gold_n be_v that_o of_o caranava_n in_o peru_n and_o of_o valdivia_n in_o chille_n for_o that_o it_o rise_v with_o his_o alloy_n and_o perfection_n which_o be_v twenty_o three_o carrat_n and_o a_o half_a and_o sometimes_o more_o they_o make_v account_v likewise_o of_o the_o gold_n of_o veraâ—â—a_n to_o be_v very_o fine_a they_o bring_v much_o gold_n to_o mexico_n from_o the_o philippines_n and_o china_n but_o common_o it_o be_v weak_a and_o of_o base_a alloy_n gold_n be_v common_o find_v mix_v with_o silver_n or_o with_o copper_n but_o that_o which_o be_v mix_v with_o silver_n be_v common_o of_o few_o carraâ—s_n than_o that_o which_o be_v mix_v with_o copper_n if_o there_o bâ—â—a_o siâ—e_a partâ—_n of_o silver_n 〈◊〉_d pliny_n say_v it_o be_v then_o proper_o call_v flâ—â—â—â—_n which_o have_v the_o property_n to_o shine_v more_o at_o the_o light_n of_o the_o fire_n then_o fine_a gold_n or_o fine_a silver_n that_o which_o be_v incorporate_a with_o copper_n be_v common_o of_o a_o high_a value_n they_o refine_v powldr_v gold_n in_o basin_n wash_v it_o in_o many_o water_n until_o the_o sand_n fall_v from_o it_o and_o the_o gold_n as_o most_o heavy_a remain_v in_o the_o bottom_n they_o refine_v it_o likewise_o with_o quickesilver_n and_o strong_a water_n for_o that_o the_o allume_v whereof_o they_o make_v this_o water_n have_v the_o virtue_n to_o separate_v gold_n from_o dross_n or_o from_o other_o metal_n after_o it_o be_v purify_v and_o melt_a they_o make_v brick_n or_o small_a bar_n to_o carry_v it_o unto_o spain_n for_o be_v in_o powder_n they_o can_v transport_v it_o from_o the_o indies_n for_o they_o can_v neither_o custom_n it_o mark_v it_o nor_o take_v say_v until_o it_o be_v melt_v the_o foresay_a hisâ—â—riaâ—_n grapher_n report_v that_o spain_n above_o all_o other_o country_n of_o the_o world_n do_v abound_v in_o gold_n and_o silver_n 〈◊〉_d especial_o galitia_fw-la and_o portugal_n &_o above_o all_o the_o asturiaâ—s_n whence_o he_o say_v they_o bring_v every_o year_n twenty_o thousand_o pound_n of_o gold_n and_o that_o they_o find_v not_o so_o great_a abundance_n in_o any_o other_o place_n the_o which_o be_v confirm_v in_o the_o book_n of_o macabee_n where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o amongst_o the_o great_a riches_n of_o the_o roman_n 8._o they_o have_v in_o their_o power_n the_o gold_n and_o silver_n of_o spain_n at_o this_o day_n the_o great_a treasure_n of_o spain_n come_v from_o the_o indies_n wherein_o the_o divinâ—_n providence_n have_v appoint_v one_o realm_n to_o serve_v another_o which_o do_v impart_v their_o wealth_n to_o participate_v their_o government_n for_o the_o good_a the_o one_o of_o the_o other_o in_o communicate_v mutual_o the_o good_n and_o grace_n they_o do_v enjoy_v we_o can_v not_o value_v nor_o esteem_v the_o quantity_n of_o gold_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o the_o indies_n but_o we_o may_v well_o say_v it_o be_v much_o more_o than_o that_o which_o 〈◊〉_d report_v be_v bring_v yearly_o from_o spain_n to_o româ—_n in_o the_o fleet_n where_o i_o come_v which_o be_v in_o the_o year_n 1585._o the_o declaration_n of_o the_o firm_a land_n be_v of_o of_o twelve_o casson_n or_o chest_n of_o gold_n every_o casson_n at_o the_o least_o weied_a four_o arobe_n that_o be_v a_o hundred_o weight_n and_o a_o thousand_o fifty_o and_o six_o mare_n from_o new_a spain_n which_o be_v for_o the_o king_n only_o beside_o that_o which_o come_v for_o merchant_n and_o private_a man_n be_v register_v and_o much_o that_o come_v unregistered_a this_o may_v suffice_v touch_v the_o gold_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o now_o we_o will_v speak_v of_o silver_n of_o the_o silver_n at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 5._o we_o read_v these_o word_n in_o the_o book_n of_o job_n silver_n have_v certain_a beginning_n and_o root_n in_o his_o vein_n 28._o and_o gold_n have_v a_o settle_a place_n where_o it_o engender_v and_o thicken_v iron_n with_o dig_v be_v draw_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o stone_n melt_v with_o heat_n be_v turn_v into_o copper_n hereby_o he_o wise_o show_v in_o few_o word_n the_o nature_n of_o silver_n gold_n iron_n &_o copper_n we_o have_v speak_v something_o of_o the_o place_n where_o gold_n be_v engender_v and_o congeal_v which_o be_v either_o of_o the_o foresay_a stone_n in_o the_o depth_n of_o mountain_n and_o in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n or_o in_o the_o sand_n of_o river_n and_o where_o brook_n have_v run_v or_o else_o on_o the_o top_n of_o mountain_n the_o which_o gold_n in_o powder_n run_v down_o with_o the_o water_n and_o this_o be_v the_o common_a opinion_n they_o hold_v at_o the_o indies_n whereupon_o many_o of_o the_o common_a sort_n believe_v that_o the_o deluge_n have_v drown_v all_o even_o to_o the_o high_a hill_n have_v be_v the_o cause_n that_o at_o this_o day_n they_o find_v this_o gold_n in_o the_o river_n and_o in_o place_n so_o far_o off_o now_o we_o will_v show_v how_o they_o discover_v the_o mine_n of_o silver_n their_o vein_n root_n and_o beginning_n whereof_o job_n speak_v and_o first_o i_o will_v say_v that_o the_o reason_n why_o they_o give_v silver_n the_o second_o place_n among_o all_o other_o metal_n be_v for_o that_o it_o approach_v near_a to_o gold_n then_o any_o other_o be_v more_o durable_a and_o less_o indomage_v by_o the_o fire_n and_o more_o maniable_a than_o any_o other_o yea_o it_o pass_v gold_n in_o brightness_n beauty_n and_o sound_a the_o which_o be_v clear_a and_o agreeable_a for_o the_o colour_n be_v more_o conformable_a and_o resemble_v the_o light_n and_o the_o sound_n more_o pierce_v more_o lively_a and_o more_o delicate_a likewise_o there_o be_v some_o place_n where_o they_o value_v silver_n more_o than_o gold_n it_o be_v yet_o a_o argument_n to_o judge_v that_o gold_n be_v more_o precious_a rhen_n all_o other_o metal_n for_o that_o it_o be_v find_v with_o great_a difficulty_n and_o nature_n seem_v more_o spare_v in_o bring_v it_o forth_o although_o there_o be_v country_n as_o they_o say_v of_o chine_n where_o they_o find_v gold_n more_o easy_o than_o silver_n yet_o it_o be_v more_o common_a and_o ordinary_a to_o find_v silver_n with_o more_o facility_n and_o great_a abundance_n than_o gold_n the_o creator_n have_v furnish_v the_o west_n indies_n with_o so_o great_a a_o treasure_n of_o silver_n as_o all_o that_o which_o we_o read_v of_o in_o ancient_a history_n and_o that_o which_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o mine_n of_o spain_n and_o other_o province_n be_v not_o comparable_a to_o that_o we_o see_v in_o those_o part_n the_o mine_n of_o silver_n be_v common_o find_v in_o mountain_n and_o high_a rock_n very_a desert_n although_o they_o have_v sometime_o be_v find_v in_o plain_n and_o champain_n there_o be_v two_o different_a kind_n the_o one_o they_o call_v straggle_v the_o other_o fix_v and_o settle_v the_o straggle_a be_v piece_n of_o mettle_n find_v in_o certain_a place_n the_o which_o draw_v away_o there_o be_v no_o more_o find_v but_o the_o fix_a vein_n be_v those_o which_o have_v a_o continuance_n in_o depth_n and_o length_n like_v to_o great_a branch_n and_o arm_n of_o tree_n and_o when_o they_o find_v any_o one_o of_o they_o they_o common_o find_v many_o in_o the_o same_o place_n the_o manner_n to_o purge_v &_o refine_v silver_n which_o the_o indian_n have_v use_v be_v by_o melt_v in_o dissolve_v this_o mass_n of_o mettle_n by_o fire_n which_o cast_v the_o earthly_a dross_n apart_o and_o by_o his_o force_n separate_v silver_n from_o lead_n tin_n from_o copper_n and_o other_o metal_n mix_v to_o this_o end_n they_o do_v build_v small_a furnace_n in_o place_n whereas_o the_o wind_n do_v common_o blow_v and_o with_o wood_n and_o coal_n make_v their_o refine_n the_o which_o furnace_n in_o ptru_n they_o call_v guayras_n since_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v beside_o this_o manner_n of_o refine_n which_o they_o use_v to_o this_o day_n they_o likewise_o refine_v silver_n with_o quickesilver_n and_o draw_v more_o by_o this_o mean_n then_o in_o refine_n it_o by_o fire_n for_o there_o be_v some_o kind_n of_o silver_n mettle_n find_v which_o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v purge_v and_o refine_v by_o fire_n but_o only_o with_o quickesilver_n but_o thiâ—_n kind_a of_o mettle_n be_v common_o poor_a and_o weak_a the_o which_o usual_o they_o find_v in_o great_a abundance_n they_o câ—l_v that_o poor_a which_o yield_v least_o silver_n and_o great_a quantity_n of_o other_o mettle_n and_o that_o rich_a which_o yield_v mâ—st_a silver_n it_o be_v strange_a to_o see_v not_o only_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o refine_n of_o mettle_n by_o fire_n and_o without_o it_o by_o quickesilver_n but_o also_o that_o some_o of_o
preparation_n of_o theater_n apparel_n bell_n drum_n and_o voice_n some_o father_n report_n to_o have_v see_v comedy_n which_o last_v ten_o or_o twelve_o day_n and_o night_n without_o any_o want_n of_o comedian_n nor_o company_n to_o behold_v they_o they_o do_v make_v many_o different_a scene_n and_o whilst_o some_o act_n the_o other_o feed_v and_o sleep_v in_o these_o comedy_n they_o do_v common_o treat_v of_o moral_a thing_n and_o of_o good_a example_n intermingle_v with_o pleasant_a devise_n this_o be_v the_o sum_n of_o that_o which_o our_o man_n report_v of_o the_o letter_n and_o exercise_n of_o they_o of_o china_n wherein_o we_o must_v confess_v to_o be_v much_o wit_n and_o industry_n but_o all_o this_o be_v of_o small_a substance_n for_o in_o effect_n all_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o chinois_n tend_v only_o to_o read_v and_o write_v &_o no_o far_o for_o they_o attain_v to_o no_o high_a knowledge_n and_o their_o writing_n and_o read_v be_v not_o proper_o read_v and_o write_v see_v their_o letter_n be_v no_o letter_n that_o can_v represent_v word_n but_o figure_n of_o innumerable_a thing_n the_o which_o can_v be_v learn_v but_o in_o a_o long_a time_n and_o with_o infinite_a labour_n but_o in_o the_o end_n with_o all_o their_o knowledge_n a_o indian_a of_o peru_n or_o mexico_n that_o have_v learned_a to_o read_v and_o write_v know_v more_o than_o the_o wise_a mandarin_n that_o be_v among_o they_o for_o that_o the_o indian_a with_o four_o and_o twenty_o letter_n which_o he_o have_v learned_a will_v write_v all_o the_o word_n in_o the_o world_n and_o a_o mandarin_n with_o his_o hundred_o thousand_o letter_n will_v be_v trouble_v to_o write_v some_o proper_a name_n as_o of_o martin_n or_o alonso_n &_o with_o great_a reason_n he_o shall_v be_v less_o able_a to_o write_v the_o name_n of_o thing_n he_o know_v not_o so_o as_o the_o write_n in_o china_n be_v no_o other_o thing_n but_o a_o manner_n of_o paint_v or_o ciphr_v of_o the_o fashion_n of_o letter_n and_o write_n which_o the_o mexicaines_n use_v chap._n 7._o we_o find_v amongst_o the_o nation_n of_o new_a spain_n a_o great_a knowledge_n and_o memory_n of_o antiquity_n and_o therefore_o search_v by_o what_o mean_v the_o indian_n have_v preserve_v their_o history_n and_o so_o many_o particularity_n i_o learn_v that_o although_o they_o be_v not_o so_o subtle_a and_o curious_a as_o the_o chinois_n and_o those_o of_o jappon_n yet_o have_v they_o some_o kind_n of_o letter_n and_o book_n amongst_o they_o whereby_o they_o preserve_v after_o their_o manner_n the_o deed_n of_o their_o predecessor_n in_o the_o province_n of_o yu-lataâ—_a where_o the_o bishopric_n be_v which_o they_o call_v de_fw-fr honduras_n there_o be_v book_n of_o the_o leaf_n of_o tree_n fold_v and_o square_v after_o their_o manner_n in_o the_o which_o the_o wise_a indian_n contain_v the_o distribution_n of_o their_o time_n the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o planet_n of_o beast_n and_o other_o natural_a thing_n with_o their_o antiquity_n a_o thing_n full_a of_o great_a curiosity_n and_o diligence_n it_o seem_v to_o some_o pedant_n that_o all_o this_o be_v a_o enchantment_n &_o magic_a art_n who_o do_v obstinate_o maintain_v that_o they_o ought_v to_o be_v burn_v so_o as_o they_o be_v commit_v to_o the_o fire_n which_o since_o not_o only_o the_o indian_n find_v to_o be_v ill_o do_v but_o also_o the_o curious_a spaniard_n who_o desire_v to_o know_v the_o secret_n of_o the_o country_n the_o like_a have_v happen_v in_o other_o thing_n for_o our_o man_n think_v that_o all_o be_v but_o superstition_n have_v lose_v many_o memorial_n of_o a_o ancient_a and_o holy_a thing_n which_o may_v have_v profit_v much_o this_o proceed_v of_o a_o foolish_a and_o ignorant_a zeal_n who_o not_o know_v nor_o seek_v to_o know_v what_o concern_v the_o indian_n say_v preiudicate_o that_o they_o be_v all_o but_o witchcraft_n and_o that_o all_o the_o indian_n be_v but_o drunkard_n incapable_a to_o know_v or_o learn_v any_o thing_n for_o such_o as_o will_v be_v curious_o inform_v of_o they_o have_v find_v many_o thing_n worthy_a of_o consideration_n one_o of_o our_o company_n of_o jesuit_n a_o man_n very_o witty_a and_o well_o experience_v do_v assemble_v in_o the_o province_n of_o mexico_n the_o ancient_n of_o tescuco_n of_o talla_fw-la and_o of_o mexico_n confer_v at_o large_a with_o they_o who_o show_v unto_o he_o their_o book_n history_n and_o calendar_n thing_n very_o worthy_a the_o sight_n because_o they_o have_v their_o figure_n and_o hieroglyphic_n whereby_o they_o represent_v thing_n in_o this_o manner_n such_o as_o have_v form_n or_o figure_n be_v represent_v by_o their_o proper_a image_n and_o such_o as_o have_v not_o any_o be_v represent_v by_o character_n that_o signify_v they_o and_o by_o this_o mean_v they_o figure_v and_o write_v what_o they_o will_v and_o to_o observe_v the_o time_n when_o any_o thing_n do_v happen_v they_o have_v those_o paint_a wheel_n for_o every_o one_o of_o they_o contain_v a_o age_n which_o be_v two_o and_o fifty_o year_n as_o have_v be_v say_v and_o of_o the_o side_n of_o those_o wheel_n they_o do_v paint_v with_o figure_n and_o character_n right_a against_o the_o year_n the_o memorable_a thing_n that_o happen_v therein_o as_o they_o note_v the_o year_n whenas_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v their_o country_n they_o paint_v a_o man_n with_o a_o hat_n and_o a_o red_a jerkin_n upon_o the_o sign_n of_o the_o reed_n which_o do_v rule_v then_o and_o so_o of_o other_o accident_n but_o for_o that_o their_o write_n and_o character_n be_v not_o sufficient_a as_o our_o letter_n and_o write_n be_v they_o can_v not_o so_o plain_o express_v the_o word_n but_o only_o the_o substance_n of_o their_o conception_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o they_o be_v accustom_v to_o rehearse_v discourse_n and_o dialogue_n by_o heart_n compound_v by_o their_o orator_n and_o ancient_a rhethoritian_n and_o many_o chapas_n make_v by_o their_o poet_n which_o be_v impossible_a to_o learn_v by_o their_o hieroglyphic_n and_o character_n the_o mexicaines_n be_v very_o curious_a to_o have_v their_o child_n learn_v those_o dialogue_n and_o composition_n by_o heart_n for_o the_o which_o cause_n they_o have_v school_n and_o as_o it_o be_v college_n or_o seminary_n where_o the_o ancient_n teach_v child_n these_o oration_n and_o many_o other_o thing_n which_o they_o preserve_v among_o they_o by_o tradition_n from_o one_o to_o another_o as_o perfect_o as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v write_v especial_o the_o most_o famous_a nation_n have_v a_o care_n to_o have_v their_o child_n which_o have_v any_o inclination_n to_o be_v rhetoritian_n and_o to_o practice_v the_o office_n of_o orator_n to_o learn_v these_o oration_n by_o heart_n so_o as_o when_o the_o spaniard_n come_v into_o their_o country_n and_o have_v teach_v they_o read_v and_o write_v our_o letter_n many_o of_o the_o indian_n than_o write_v these_o oration_n as_o some_o grave_a man_n do_v witness_v that_o have_v read_v they_o which_o i_o say_v for_o that_o some_o which_o shall_v haply_o read_v these_o long_a and_o eloquent_a discourse_n in_o the_o mexicaine_n history_n will_v easy_o believe_v they_o have_v be_v invent_v by_o the_o spaniard_n and_o not_o real_o take_v and_o report_v from_o the_o indian_n but_o have_v know_v the_o certain_a truth_n they_o will_v give_v credit_n as_o reason_n be_v to_o their_o history_n they_o do_v also_o write_v these_o discourse_n after_o their_o manner_n by_o character_n and_o image_n and_o i_o have_v see_v for_o my_o better_a satisfaction_n the_o pater_fw-la noster_fw-la ave_fw-la maria_fw-la and_o simboll_v or_o general_a confession_n of_o our_o faith_n write_v in_o this_o manner_n by_o the_o indian_n and_o in_o truth_n whosoever_o shall_v see_v they_o will_v wonder_v thereat_o for_o to_o signify_v these_o word_n i_o a_o sinner_n do_v confess_v myself_o they_o paint_v a_o indian_a upon_o his_o knee_n at_o a_o religious_a man_n foot_n as_o one_o that_o confess_v himself_o and_o for_o this_o to_o god_n most_o mighty_a they_o paint_v three_o face_n with_o their_o crown_n like_v to_o the_o trinity_n and_o to_o the_o glorious_a virgin_n marie_n they_o paint_v the_o face_n of_o our_o lady_n and_o half_o the_o body_n of_o a_o little_a child_n and_o for_o s._n peter_n and_o s._n paul_n head_n with_o crown_n and_o a_o key_n with_o a_o sword_n and_o whereas_o image_n fail_v they_o do_v set_v character_n as_o wherein_o i_o have_v sin_v etc._n etc._n whereby_o we_o may_v conceive_v the_o quickenesse_n of_o spirit_n of_o these_o indian_n see_v this_o manner_n of_o write_v of_o our_o prayer_n and_o matter_n of_o faith_n have_v not_o be_v teach_v they_o by_o the_o spaniard_n neither_o can_v they_o have_v do_v it_o if_o they_o have_v not_o have_v a_o excellent_a conception_n of_o that_o be_v teach_v they_o and_o i_o have_v see_v
the_o lineage_n these_o six_o lineage_n do_v always_o entertain_v amity_n together_o marry_v their_o child_n one_o with_o another_o and_o divide_v their_o limit_n quiet_o then_o they_o study_v with_o a_o emulation_n to_o increase_v and_o beautify_v their_o commonweal_n the_o barbarous_a chichimecans_n see_v what_o pass_v begin_v to_o use_v some_o government_n and_o to_o apparel_n themselves_o be_v ashamed_a of_o what_o have_v pass_v for_o till_o then_o they_o have_v no_o shame_n and_o have_v abandon_v fear_v by_o their_o communication_n with_o these_o other_o people_n they_o begin_v to_o learn_v many_o thing_n of_o they_o build_v small_a cottage_n have_v some_o policy_n and_o government_n they_o do_v also_o choose_v lord_n who_o they_o do_v acknowledge_v for_o their_o superior_n by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o do_v in_o a_o manner_n quite_o abandon_v this_o brutish_a life_n yet_o do_v they_o always_o continue_v in_o the_o mountain_n divide_v from_o the_o rest_n notwithstanding_o i_o hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o this_o fear_n have_v grow_v from_o other_o nation_n and_o province_n of_o the_o indies_n who_o at_o the_o first_o be_v savage_a man_n who_o live_v only_o by_o hunt_v pierce_a the_o rocky_a and_o rough_a country_n discover_v a_o new_a world_n the_o inhabitant_n whereof_o be_v almost_o like_o savage_a beast_n without_o cover_n or_o house_n without_o till_a land_n without_o cattle_n without_o king_n law_n god_n or_o reason_n since_o other_o seek_v better_a and_o new_a land_n inhabit_v this_o fertile_a country_n plant_v politic_a order_n and_o a_o kind_n of_o commonweal_n although_o it_o be_v very_o barbarous_a after_o the_o same_o man_n or_o other_o nation_n that_o have_v more_o understanding_n than_o the_o rest_n labour_v to_o subdue_v and_o oppress_v the_o less_o mighty_a establish_v realm_n and_o great_a empire_n so_o it_o happen_v in_o mexico_n at_o peru_n and_o in_o some_o part_n where_o they_o find_v city_n and_o commonweal_n plant_v among_o these_o barbarian_n that_o which_o confirm_v i_o in_o my_o opinion_n whereof_o i_o have_v ample_o discourse_v in_o the_o first_o book_n that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o west_n indies_n come_v by_o land_n and_o so_o by_o consequence_n that_o the_o first_o continent_n of_o the_o indies_n join_v with_o that_o of_o asia_n europe_n and_o afsrike_v and_o the_o new_a world_n with_o the_o old_a although_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v any_o country_n that_o touch_v and_o join_v with_o the_o other_o world_n or_o if_o there_o be_v any_o sea_n betwixt_o the_o two_o it_o be_v so_o narrow_a that_o wild_a beast_n may_v easy_o swim_v over_o and_o man_n in_o small_a boat_n but_o leave_v this_o philosophy_n let_v we_o return_v to_o our_o history_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n departure_n of_o their_o journey_n and_o people_n the_o province_n of_o mechovacan_a chaâ—_n 4._o three_o hundred_o and_o two_o year_n after_o the_o former_a two_o lineage_n have_v leave_v their_o country_n to_o inhabit_v new_a spain_n the_o country_n be_v now_o well_o people_v and_o reduce_v to_o some_o form_n of_o government_n those_o of_o the_o seven_o cave_n or_o line_n arrive_v which_o be_v the_o mexicaine_n nation_n the_o which_o like_v unto_o the_o rest_n leave_v the_o province_n of_o aztlan_n and_o teuculhuacan_a a_o politic_a courtlike_a and_o warlike_a nation_n they_o do_v worship_v the_o idol_n vitzliputzli_n whereof_o ample_a mention_n have_v be_v make_v and_o the_o devil_n that_o be_v in_o this_o idol_n speak_v and_o govern_v this_o nation_n easy_o this_o idol_n command_v they_o to_o leave_v their_o country_n promise_v to_o make_v they_o prince_n and_o lord_n over_o all_o the_o province_n which_o the_o other_o six_o nation_n do_v possess_v that_o he_o will_v give_v they_o a_o land_n abound_v with_o gold_n silver_z precious_a stone_n feather_n and_o rich_a mantell_n whereupon_o they_o go_v forth_o carry_v their_o idol_n with_o they_o in_o a_o coffer_n of_o reed_n support_v by_o four_o of_o their_o principal_a priest_n with_o who_o he_o do_v talk_v and_o reveal_v unto_o they_o in_o secret_a the_o success_n of_o their_o way_n and_o voyage_n advise_v they_o of_o what_o shall_v happen_v he_o likewise_o give_v they_o law_n and_o teach_v they_o the_o custom_n ceremony_n and_o sacrifice_n they_o shall_v observe_v they_o do_v not_o advance_v nor_o move_v without_o commandment_n from_o this_o idol_n he_o give_v they_o notice_n when_o to_o march_v and_o when_o to_o stay_v in_o any_o place_n wherein_o they_o whole_o obey_v he_o the_o first_o thing_n they_o do_v wheresoever_o they_o come_v be_v to_o build_v a_o house_n or_o tabernacle_n for_o their_o false_a god_n which_o they_o set_v always_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o camp_n and_o there_o place_v the_o ark_n upon_o a_o altar_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o they_o have_v use_v in_o the_o holy_a christian_a church_n this_o do_v they_o sow_v their_o land_n for_o bread_n and_o pulse_n which_o they_o use_v and_o they_o be_v so_o addict_v to_o the_o obedience_n of_o their_o god_n that_o if_o he_o command_v they_o to_o gather_v they_o gather_v but_o if_o he_o command_v they_o to_o raise_v their_o camp_n all_o be_v leave_v there_o for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o the_o age_a sick_a and_o weary_a which_o they_o lest_o purposely_o from_o place_n to_o place_n that_o they_o may_v people_n it_o pretend_v by_o this_o mean_n that_o all_o the_o land_n shall_v remain_v inhabit_v by_o their_o nation_n this_o go_v forth_o and_o peregrination_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n will_v happy_o seem_v like_a to_o that_o of_o egypt_n and_o to_o the_o way_n which_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n make_v see_v that_o they_o as_o well_o as_o those_o be_v warn_v to_o go_v forth_o and_o to_o seek_v the_o land_n of_o promise_n and_o both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o carry_v their_o god_n for_o their_o guide_n consult_v with_o the_o ark_n and_o make_v he_o a_o tabernacle_n and_o he_o advise_v they_o give_v they_o law_n and_o ceremony_n and_o both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o speak_v many_o year_n in_o their_o voyage_n to_o their_o promise_a land_n where_o we_o observe_v the_o resemblance_n of_o many_o other_o thing_n as_o thehistory_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n do_v report_n and_o the_o holy_a scripture_n testify_v of_o the_o israelite_n and_o without_o doubt_n it_o be_v a_o true_a thing_n that_o the_o devil_n the_o prince_n of_o pride_n have_v labour_v by_o the_o superstition_n of_o this_o nation_n to_o counterfeit_v &_o imitate_v that_o which_o the_o most_o high_a god_n do_v with_o this_o nation_n for_o as_o be_v say_v before_o satan_n have_v a_o strange_a desire_n to_o compare_v and_o make_v himself_o equal_a with_o god_n so_o as_o this_o mortal_a enemy_n have_v pretend_v false_o to_o usurp_v what_o communication_n and_o familiarity_n he_o have_v please_v with_o man_n be_v there_o ever_o devil_n find_v so_o familiar_o conversant_a with_o man_n as_o this_o devil_n vitzliputzli_n we_o may_v well_o judge_v what_o he_o be_v for_o that_o there_o be_v never_o see_v nor_o hear_v speak_v of_o custom_n more_o superstitious_a nor_o sacrifice_n more_o cruel_a and_o inhuman_a than_o those_o which_o he_o teach_v they_o to_o conclude_v they_o be_v invent_v by_o the_o enemy_n of_o mankind_n the_o chief_a and_o captain_n who_o they_o follow_v be_v call_v mexi_n whence_o come_v the_o name_n of_o mexico_n &_o of_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n this_o people_n march_v thus_o at_o leisure_n as_o the_o other_o six_o nation_n have_v do_v people_n and_o till_v the_o land_n in_o divers_a part_n whereof_o there_o be_v yet_o some_o show_n &_o ruin_n &_o after_o they_o have_v endure_v many_o travel_n and_o danger_n in_o the_o end_n they_o come_v to_o the_o province_n of_o mechovacan_a which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o a_o land_n of_o fish_n for_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n in_o goodly_a great_a lake_n where_o content_v themselves_o with_o the_o situation_n and_o temperature_n of_o the_o ground_n they_o resolve_v to_o stay_v there_o yet_o have_v consult_v with_o their_o idol_n upon_o this_o point_n and_o find_v he_o unwilling_a they_o demand_v licence_n to_o leave_v some_o of_o their_o man_n to_o people_n so_o good_a a_o land_n the_o which_o he_o grant_v teach_v they_o the_o mean_n how_o to_o do_v it_o which_o be_v that_o when_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n shall_v be_v enter_v into_o a_o goodly_a lake_n call_v pascuaro_n to_o bathe_v themselves_o those_o which_o remain_v on_o land_n shall_v steal_v away_o all_o their_o clothes_n and_o then_o secret_o raise_v their_o camp_n and_o depart_v without_o any_o bruit_n the_o which_o be_v effect_v and_o the_o rest_n which_o dream_v not_o of_o this_o deceit_n for_o the_o pleasure_n they_o take_v in_o bathe_v come_v forth_o and_o find_v themselves_o spoil_v of_o their_o garment_n and_o thus_o mock_v and_o leave_v by_o their_o companion_n they_o
of_o water_n which_o they_o of_o cuyoacan_a use_v for_o this_o cause_n he_o call_v the_o chief_a man_n of_o the_o city_n unto_o he_o be_v a_o famous_a sorcerer_n have_v propound_v his_o meaning_n unto_o he_o the_o sorcerer_n wish_v he_o to_o be_v well_o advise_v what_o he_o do_v be_v a_o matter_n of_o great_a difficulty_n and_o that_o he_o understand_v if_o he_o draw_v the_o river_n out_o of_o her_o ordinary_a course_n make_v it_o pass_v to_o mexico_n he_o will_v drown_v the_o city_n the_o king_n suppose_v these_o excuse_n be_v but_o to_o frustrate_v the_o effect_n of_o his_o design_n be_v therefore_o in_o choler_n he_o dismiss_v he_o home_o and_o a_o few_o day_n after_o he_o send_v a_o provost_n to_o cuyoacan_a to_o take_v this_o sorcerer_n who_o have_v understanding_n for_o what_o intent_n the_o king_n officer_n come_v he_o cause_v they_o to_o enter_v his_o house_n and_o then_o he_o present_v himself_o unto_o they_o in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o terrible_a eagle_n wherewith_o the_o provost_n and_o his_o companion_n be_v terrify_v they_o return_v without_o take_v he_o autzol_n incense_v herewith_o send_v other_o to_o who_o he_o present_v himself_o in_o form_n of_o a_o furious_a tiger_n so_o as_o they_o dare_v not_o touch_v he_o the_o three_o come_v and_o they_o find_v he_o in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o horrible_a serpent_n whereat_o they_o be_v much_o afraid_a the_o king_n move_v the_o more_o with_o these_o do_n send_v to_o tell_v they_o of_o cuyoacan_a that_o if_o they_o bring_v not_o the_o sorcerer_n bind_v unto_o he_o he_o will_v raze_v their_o city_n for_o fear_v whereof_o or_o whether_o it_o be_v of_o his_o own_o free_a will_n or_o be_v force_v by_o the_o people_n he_o suffer_v himself_o to_o be_v lead_v to_o the_o king_n who_o present_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v strangle_v and_o then_o do_v he_o put_v his_o resolution_n in_o practice_n force_v a_o channel_n whereby_o the_o water_n may_v pass_v to_o mexico_n whereby_o he_o bring_v a_o great_a current_n of_o water_n into_o the_o lake_n which_o they_o bring_v with_o great_a ceremony_n and_o superstition_n have_v priest_n cast_v incense_n along_o the_o bank_n other_o sacrifice_v quail_n and_o with_o the_o blood_n of_o they_o sprinkle_v the_o channel_n bank_n other_o sound_v of_o cornet_n accompanied_z the_o water_n with_o their_o music_n one_o of_o the_o chief_a go_v attire_v in_o a_o habit_n like_a to_o their_o goddess_n of_o the_o water_n and_o all_o salute_v she_o say_v that_o she_o be_v welcome_a all_o which_o thing_n be_v paint_v in_o the_o annal_n of_o mexico_n which_o book_n be_v now_o at_o rome_n in_o the_o holy_a library_n or_o vatican_n where_o a_o father_n of_o our_o company_n that_o be_v come_v from_o mexico_n do_v see_v it_o and_o other_o history_n the_o which_o he_o do_v expound_v to_o the_o keeper_n of_o his_o holiness_n library_n take_v great_a delight_n to_o understand_v this_o book_n which_o before_o he_o can_v never_o comprehend_v final_o the_o water_n be_v bring_v to_o mexico_n but_o it_o come_v in_o such_o abundance_n that_o it_o have_v wellnear_o drown_v the_o city_n as_o be_v foretell_v and_o in_o effect_v it_o do_v ruin_v a_o great_a part_n thereof_o but_o it_o be_v present_o prevent_v by_o the_o industry_n of_o autzol_n who_o cause_v a_o issue_n to_o be_v make_v to_o draw_v forth_o the_o water_n by_o mean_n whereof_o he_o repair_v the_o building_n that_o be_v fall_v with_o a_o exquisite_a work_n be_v before_o but_o poor_a cottage_n thus_o he_o leave_v the_o city_n environ_v with_o water_n like_o another_o venice_n and_o very_o well_o build_v he_o reign_v eleven_o year_n and_o end_v with_o the_o last_o and_o great_a successor_n of_o all_o the_o mexican_n of_o the_o election_n of_o great_a moteçuma_n the_o last_o king_n of_o mexico_n chap._n 20._o when_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v new_a spain_n be_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o and_o eighteen_o moteçuma_n second_o of_o that_o name_n be_v the_o last_o king_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n i_o say_v the_o last_o although_o they_o of_o mexico_n after_o his_o death_n choose_v another_o king_n yea_o in_o the_o life_n of_o the_o same_o moteçuma_n who_o they_o declare_v a_o enemy_n to_o his_o country_n as_o we_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o but_o he_o that_o succeed_v he_o and_o he_o that_o fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o marquis_n de_fw-fr valle_n have_v but_o the_o name_n and_o title_n of_o king_n for_o that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n all_o yield_v to_o the_o spaniard_n so_o as_o with_o reason_n we_o account_v moteçuma_n for_o the_o last_o king_n and_o so_o he_o come_v to_o the_o period_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n power_n and_o greatness_n which_o be_v admirable_a be_v happen_v among_o barbarian_n for_o this_o cause_n and_o for_o that_o this_o be_v the_o season_n that_o god_n have_v choose_v to_o reveal_v unto_o they_o the_o knowledge_n of_o his_o gospel_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o jesus_n christ_n i_o will_v râ—_n late_o more_o at_o large_a the_o act_n of_o moteçuma_n then_o of_o the_o rest_n before_o he_o come_v to_o be_v king_n he_o be_v by_o disposition_n veâ—_n ry_o grave_n and_o stay_v and_o speak_v little_a so_o as_o when_o heâ—_n give_v his_o opinion_n in_o the_o privy_a counsel_n whereas_o he_o assist_v his_o speech_n and_o discourse_n make_v every_o one_o to_o admire_v he_o so_o as_o even_o then_o he_o be_v fear_v and_o respect_v he_o retire_v himself_o usual_o into_o a_o chapel_n appoint_v for_o he_o in_o the_o temple_n of_o vitziliputzli_n where_o they_o say_v their_o idol_n speak_v unto_o he_o and_o for_o this_o cause_n he_o be_v hold_v very_o religious_a and_o devout_a for_o these_o perfection_n then_o be_v most_o noble_a and_o of_o great_a courage_n his_o election_n be_v short_a and_o easy_a as_o a_o man_n upon_o who_o all_o man_n eye_n be_v fix_v as_o worthy_a of_o such_o a_o charge_n have_v intelligence_n of_o this_o election_n he_o hide_v himself_o in_o this_o chapel_n of_o the_o temple_n whether_o it_o be_v by_o judgement_n apprehend_v so_o heavy_a and_o hard_o a_o burden_n as_o to_o govern_v such_o a_o people_n or_o rather_o as_o i_o believe_v through_o hypocrisy_n to_o show_v that_o he_o desire_v not_o empery_n in_o the_o end_n they_o find_v he_o lead_v he_o to_o the_o place_n of_o council_n whither_o they_o accompany_v he_o with_o all_o possible_a joy_n he_o march_v with_o such_o a_o gravity_n as_o they_o all_o say_v the_o name_n of_o moteçuma_n agree_v very_o well_o with_o his_o nature_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o a_o angry_a lord_n the_o elector_n do_v he_o great_a reverence_n give_v he_o notice_n that_o he_o be_v choose_v king_n from_o thence_o he_o be_v lead_v before_o the_o hearth_n of_o their_o god_n to_o give_v incense_n where_o he_o offer_v sacrifice_n in_o draw_v blood_n from_o his_o ear_n &_o the_o calf_n of_o his_o leg_n according_a to_o their_o custom_n they_o attire_v he_o with_o the_o royal_a ornament_n and_o pierce_v the_o gristle_n of_o his_o nostril_n hang_v thereat_o a_o rich_a emerald_n a_o barbarous_a &_o troublous_a custom_n but_o the_o desire_n of_o rule_n make_v all_o pain_n light_n and_o easy_a be_v seat_v in_o his_o throne_n he_o give_v andience_n to_o the_o oration_n and_o speech_n that_o be_v make_v unto_o he_o which_o according_a unto_o their_o custom_n be_v eloquent_a and_o artificial_a the_o first_o be_v pronounce_v by_o the_o king_n of_o tescuco_n which_o be_v preserve_v for_o that_o it_o be_v late_o deliver_v &_o very_o worthy_a to_o be_v hear_v i_o will_v set_v it_o down_o word_n by_o word_n and_o thus_o he_o say_v the_o concordance_n and_o unity_n of_o voice_n upon_o thy_o election_n be_v a_o sufficient_a testimony_n most_o noble_a young_a man_n of_o the_o happiness_n the_o realm_n shall_v receive_v as_o well_o deserve_v to_o be_v command_v by_o thou_o as_o also_o for_o the_o general_a applause_n which_o all_o do_v show_v by_o mean_n thereof_o wherein_o they_o have_v great_a reason_n for_o the_o empire_n of_o mexico_n do_v already_o so_o far_o extend_v itself_o that_o to_o govern_v a_o world_n as_o it_o be_v and_o to_o bear_v so_o heavy_a a_o burden_n it_o require_v no_o less_o dexterity_n and_o courage_n than_o that_o which_o be_v resident_a in_o thy_o firm_a and_o valiant_a heart_n nor_o of_o less_o wisdom_n and_o judgement_n than_o thou_o i_o see_v and_o know_v plain_o that_o the_o mighty_a god_n love_v this_o city_n see_v he_o have_v give_v understanding_n to_o choose_v what_o be_v fit_a for_o who_o will_v not_o believe_v that_o a_o prince_n who_o before_o his_o reign_n have_v pierce_v the_o nine_o vault_n of_o heaven_n shall_v not_o likewise_o now_o obtain_v those_o thing_n that_o be_v earthly_a to_o relieve_v his_o people_n
or_o dish_n above_o once_o all_o must_v be_v new_a give_v to_o his_o attendant_n that_o which_o have_v once_o serve_v he_o so_o as_o common_o they_o be_v rich_a and_o sumptuous_a he_o be_v very_o careful_a to_o have_v his_o law_n observe_v and_o when_o he_o return_v victor_n from_o any_o waâ—â—e_n he_o feign_v sometime_o to_o go_v and_o take_v his_o pleasure_n than_o will_v he_o disguise_v himself_o to_o see_v if_o his_o people_n suppose_v if_o he_o wear_v absent_a will_v omit_v any_o thing_n of_o the_o feast_n or_o reception_n if_o there_o be_v any_o excess_n or_o defect_n he_o then_o do_v punish_v it_o rigorous_o and_o also_o to_o discern_v how_o his_o minister_n do_v execute_v their_o office_n he_o often_o disguise_v himself_o offering_z guiste_z and_o presents_z to_o the_o judge_n provoke_v they_o to_o do_v in_o justice_n if_o they_o offend_v they_o be_v present_o punish_v with_o death_n without_o remission_n or_o respect_n be_v they_o nobleman_n or_o his_o kinsman_n yea_o his_o own_o brother_n he_o be_v little_a conversant_a with_o his_o people_n and_o seldom_o see_v retire_v himself_o most_o common_o to_o care_n for_o the_o government_n of_o his_o realm_n beside_o that_o he_o be_v a_o great_a iusticy_a and_o very_o noble_a he_o be_v very_o valiant_a and_o happy_a by_o mean_n whereof_o he_o obtain_v great_a victory_n and_o come_v to_o this_o greatness_n as_o be_v write_v in_o the_o spanish_a history_n whereon_o it_o seem_v needless_a to_o write_v more_o i_o will_v only_o have_v a_o care_n hereafter_o to_o write_v what_o the_o book_n and_o history_n of_o the_o indies_n make_v mention_n of_o the_o which_o the_o spanish_a writer_n have_v not_o observe_v have_v not_o sufficient_o understand_v the_o secret_n of_o this_o country_n the_o which_o be_v thing_n very_o worthy_a to_o be_v know_v as_o we_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o of_o the_o presage_n and_o strange_a prodigy_n which_o happen_v in_o mexico_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o their_o empire_n chap._n 23._o although_o the_o holy_a scripture_n forbid_v we_o to_o give_v credit_n to_o sign_n and_o vain_a prognostication_n 28._o and_o that_o s._n jerome_n do_v admonish_v we_o not_o to_o fear_v token_n from_o heaven_n 10._o as_o the_o gentile_n do_v yet_o the_o same_o scripture_n teach_v we_o that_o monstrous_a and_o prodigious_a sign_n be_v not_o altogether_o to_o be_v contemn_v and_o that_o often_o they_o be_v forerunner_n of_o some_o general_a change_n and_o chasticement_n which_o god_n will_v take_v as_o eusebius_n note_v well_o of_o caesarea_n 1_o for_o that_o the_o same_o lord_n of_o heaven_n and_o earth_n send_v such_o prodiges_fw-la and_o new_a thing_n in_o heaven_n in_o the_o element_n in_o beast_n and_o in_o his_o other_o creature_n that_o this_o may_v partly_o serve_v as_o a_o advertisement_n to_o man_n and_o to_o be_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o pain_n and_o chastisement_n by_o the_o fear_n and_o amazement_n they_o bring_v it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o second_o book_n of_o macabee_n that_o before_o that_o great_a change_n and_o persecution_n of_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n 5._o which_o be_v cause_v by_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antiochus_n surname_v epiphanes_n who_o the_o holy_a scripture_n call_v the_o root_n of_o sin_n there_o be_v see_v for_o forty_o day_n together_o throughout_o all_o jerusalem_n great_a squadron_n of_o horseman_n in_o the_o air_n who_o with_o their_o armour_n guilt_n their_o lance_n and_o target_n and_o upon_o furious_a horse_n with_o their_o sword_n draw_v do_v strike_v 1._o skirmish_n and_o encounter_v one_o against_o the_o other_o and_o they_o say_v that_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jerusalem_n see_v this_o they_o pray_v to_o our_o lord_n to_o appease_v his_o wrath_n and_o that_o these_o prodigy_n may_v turn_v to_o good_a it_o be_v likewise_o write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o wisdom_n 17._o that_o when_o god_n will_v draw_v his_o people_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o punish_v the_o egyptian_n some_o terrible_a &_o fearful_a vision_n appear_v unto_o they_o as_o fire_n see_v out_o of_o time_n in_o horrible_a form_n joseph_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o jewishwarre_n show_v many_o and_o great_a wonder_n go_v before_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o last_o captivity_n of_o his_o wicked_a people_n who_o god_n just_o abhor_v hist._n and_o eusebius_n of_o caesarea_n with_o other_o allege_v the_o same_o text_n authorise_v prognostication_n the_o history_n be_v full_a of_o like_a observation_n in_o great_a change_n of_o state_n and_o commonweal_n as_o paulus_n orosius_n witness_v of_o many_o and_o without_o doubt_v this_o observation_n be_v not_o vain_a nor_o unprofitable_a for_o although_o it_o be_v vanity_n yea_o superstition_n defend_v by_o the_o law_n of_o our_o god_n light_o to_o believe_v these_o sign_n and_o token_n yet_o in_o matter_n of_o great_a moment_n as_o in_o the_o change_n of_o nation_n kingdom_n and_o notable_a law_n it_o be_v no_o vain_a thing_n but_o rather_o certain_a and_o assure_v to_o believe_v that_o the_o wisdom_n of_o the_o most_o high_a do_v dispose_v and_o suffer_v these_o thing_n for_n retell_v what_o shall_v happen_v to_o serve_v as_o i_o have_v say_v for_o a_o advertisement_n to_o some_o and_o a_o chastisement_n to_o other_o and_o as_o a_o witness_n to_o all_o that_o the_o king_n of_o heaven_n have_v a_o care_n of_o man_n who_o as_o he_o have_v appoint_v great_a and_o fearful_a token_n of_o that_o great_a change_n of_o the_o world_n which_o shall_v be_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n so_o do_v it_o please_v he_o to_o send_v wonderful_a sign_n to_o demonstrate_v lesser_a change_n in_o divers_a part_n of_o the_o world_n the_o which_o be_v remarkable_a whereof_o he_o dispose_v according_a to_o his_o eternal_a wisdom_n we_o must_v also_o understand_v that_o although_o the_o devil_n be_v the_o father_n of_o lie_n yet_o the_o king_n of_o glory_n make_v he_o often_o to_o confess_v the_o truth_n against_o his_o will_n which_o he_o have_v often_o declare_v for_o very_a fear_n 4._o as_o he_o do_v in_o the_o desert_n by_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o possess_v crying_z that_o jesus_n be_v the_o saviour_n come_v to_o destroy_v he_o as_o he_o do_v by_o the_o pythonisse_fw-la who_o say_v that_o paul_n preach_v the_o true_a god_n 26._o as_o when_o he_o appear_v and_o trouble_v pilate_n wife_n who_o he_o make_v to_o mediate_v for_o jesus_n a_o just_a man_n and_o as_o many_o other_o history_n beside_o the_o holy_a scripture_n give_v diverse_a testimony_n of_o idol_n in_o approbation_n of_o christian_n religion_n whereof_o lactantius_n prosperus_fw-la and_o other_o make_v mention_n let_v they_o read_v eusebius_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o preparation_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o those_o of_o his_o demonstration_n where_o he_o do_v ample_o treat_v of_o this_o matter_n i_o have_v purposely_o speak_v this_o that_o no_o man_n shall_v contemn_v what_o be_v write_v in_o the_o history_n and_o annal_n of_o the_o indies_n touch_v presage_n and_o strange_a sign_n of_o the_o approach_a end_n and_o ruin_n of_o their_o kingdom_n and_o of_o the_o divelles_fw-la tyranny_n who_o they_o worship_v altogether_o which_o in_o my_o opinion_n be_v worthy_a of_o credit_n and_o belief_n both_o for_o that_o it_o chance_v late_o and_o the_o memory_n be_v yet_o fresh_a as_o also_o for_o that_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o the_o devil_n lament_v at_o so_o great_a a_o change_n and_o that_o god_n by_o the_o same_o mean_n begin_v to_o chastise_v their_o cruel_a and_o abominable_a idolatry_n i_o will_v therefore_o set_v they_o down_o here_o as_o true_a thing_n it_o chance_v that_o moteçuma_n have_v reign_v many_o year_n in_o great_a prosperity_n and_o so_o puff_v up_o in_o his_o conceit_n as_o he_o cause_v himself_o to_o be_v serve_v and_o fear_v yea_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o a_o god_n that_o the_o almighty_a lord_n begin_v to_o chastise_v he_o and_o also_o to_o admonish_v he_o suffer_v even_o the_o very_a divelles_fw-la who_o he_o worship_v to_o tell_v he_o these_o heavy_a tiding_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o to_o torment_v he_o by_o vision_n which_o have_v never_o be_v see_v wherewith_o he_o remain_v so_o melancholy_a and_o trouble_a as_o he_o be_v void_a of_o judgement_n the_o idol_n of_o those_o of_o cholola_n which_o they_o call_v quetzacoalt_v declare_v that_o a_o strange_a people_n come_v to_o possess_v his_o kingdom_n the_o king_n of_o tescuco_n who_o be_v a_o great_a magician_n and_o have_v conference_n with_o the_o devil_n come_v one_o day_n at_o a_o extraordinary_a house_n to_o visit_v moteçuma_n assure_v he_o that_o his_o god_n have_v tell_v he_o that_o there_o be_v great_a loss_n prepare_v for_o he_o and_o for_o his_o whole_a realm_n many_o witch_n and_o sorcerer_n go_v and_o declare_v as_o much_o among_o which_o there_o be_v one_o do_v very_o particular_o foretell_v he_o what_o shall_v happen_v and_o as_o
immovable_a the_o which_o seem_v to_o i_o easy_a to_o comprehend_v and_o will_v be_v to_o all_o other_o if_o it_o may_v be_v lawful_a to_o imagine_v that_o which_o my_o fancy_n do_v conceive_v for_o if_o we_o suppose_v that_o every_o star_n and_o planet_n be_v a_o body_n of_o itself_o &_o that_o it_o be_v lead_v &_o guide_v by_o a_o angel_n 14._o as_o habacuc_n be_v carry_v into_o babylon_n who_o i_o pray_v you_o be_v so_o blind_a but_o see_v that_o all_o the_o diverse_a aspect_n which_o we_o see_v appear_v in_o planet_n &_o star_n may_v proceed_v from_o the_o diversity_n of_o motion_n which_o he_o that_o guide_v they_o do_v voluntary_o give_v they_o we_o can_v then_o with_o any_o reason_n affirm_v but_o that_o this_o space_n &_o region_n by_o which_o they_o feign_v that_o star_n do_v continual_o march_v and_o roll_v be_v elementary_a and_o corruptible_a see_v it_o divide_v itself_o when_o they_o pass_v the_o which_o undoubted_o do_v not_o pass_v by_o any_o void_a place_n if_o then_o the_o region_n wherein_o the_o star_n and_o planet_n move_v be_v corruptible_a the_o star_n and_o planet_n of_o their_o own_o motion_n shall_v be_v by_o reason_n likewise_o corruptible_a and_o so_o by_o consequence_n they_o must_v alter_v change_n and_o be_v final_o extinct_a for_o natural_o that_o which_o be_v contain_v be_v no_o more_o durable_a than_o that_o which_o contain_v and_o to_o say_v that_o the_o celestial_a body_n be_v corruptible_a it_o agree_v not_o with_o the_o psalm_n that_o god_n make_v they_o for_o ever_o 148._o and_o it_o be_v less_o conformable_a to_o the_o order_n &_o preservation_n of_o this_o universal_a world_n i_o say_v moreover_o to_o confirm_v this_o truth_n that_o the_o heaven_n move_v and_o in_o they_o the_o star_n march_v in_o turn_v the_o which_o we_o can_v easy_o discern_v with_o our_o eye_n see_v we_o see_v that_o not_o only_a thestarre_n do_v move_v but_o also_o the_o region_n &_o whâ—le_a part_n of_o heaven_n i_o speak_v not_o only_o of_o the_o shine_a and_o most_o resplendent_a part_n as_o of_o that_o which_o we_o call_v via_fw-la lactea_fw-la and_o the_o vulgar_a s._n jaques_n way_n but_o also_o of_o the_o dark_a and_o obscure_a part_n in_o heaven_n for_o there_o we_o see_v real_o as_o it_o be_v spot_n and_o darkness_n which_o be_v most_o apparent_a the_o which_o i_o remember_v not_o to_o have_v see_v at_o any_o time_n in_o europe_n but_o at_o peru_n and_o in_o this_o other_o hemisphere_n i_o have_v often_o see_v they_o very_o apparent_a these_o spot_n be_v in_o colour_n and_o form_n like_o unto_o the_o eclipse_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o be_v like_a unto_o it_o in_o blackness_n and_o darkness_n they_o march_v fix_v to_o the_o same_o star_n always_o of_o one_o form_n and_o bigness_n as_o we_o have_v note_v by_o infallible_a observation_n it_o may_v be_v this_o will_v seem_v strange_a to_o some_o &_o they_o will_v demand_v whence_o these_o spot_n in_o heaven_n shall_v grow_v to_o the_o which_o i_o can_v answer_v otherwise_o at_o this_o time_n but_o as_o the_o philosopher_n do_v affirm_v that_o this_o via_fw-la lactea_fw-la or_o milken_a way_n be_v compound_v of_o the_o thick_a part_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n it_o receive_v the_o great_a light_n and_o contrariwise_o there_o be_v other_o part_n very_o thin_a and_o transparent_a the_o which_o receive_v less_o light_a seem_v more_o black_a &_o obscure_a whether_o this_o be_v the_o true_a reason_n or_o no_o i_o dare_v not_o certain_o affirm_v yet_o be_v it_o true_a that_o according_a to_o the_o figure_n these_o spot_n have_v in_o heaven_n they_o move_v with_o the_o same_o proportion_n with_o their_o star_n without_o any_o separation_n the_o which_o be_v a_o true_a certain_a and_o often_o note_a experience_n it_o follow_v then_o by_o all_o that_o we_o have_v say_v that_o the_o heaven_n contain_v in_o it_o all_o the_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n circle_v continual_o about_o it_o without_o any_o more_o doubt_n how_o the_o holy_a scripture_n teach_v we_o that_o the_o earth_n be_v in_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n chap._n 3._o although_o it_o seem_v to_o procopius_n gaza_n and_o to_o some_o other_o of_o his_o opinion_n that_o it_o be_v repugnant_a to_o the_o holy_a scripture_n to_o place_v the_o earth_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n and_o to_o say_v that_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o yet_o in_o truth_n 1_o this_o doctrine_n be_v not_o repugnant_a but_o conformable_a to_o that_o which_o it_o do_v teach_v us._n for_o lay_v aside_o the_o term_n which_o the_o scripture_n itself_o do_v use_v in_o many_o place_n the_o roundness_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o which_o it_o say_v in_o a_o other_o place_n that_o whatsoever_o be_v corporeal_a be_v unviron_v and_o compass_v in_o by_o the_o heaven_n and_o contain_v within_o the_o roundness_n thereof_o at_o the_o least_o thy_n can_v deny_v but_o that_o place_n of_o ecclesiastes_n be_v very_o plain_a where_o it_o be_v say_v the_o sunnerise_v and_o set_v and_o return_n to_o the_o same_o place_n and_o so_o begin_v to_o rise_v again_o he_o take_v his_o course_n by_o the_o south_n turn_v towards_o the_o north_n this_o spirit_n march_v compass_v about_o all_o thing_n and_o then_o return_v to_o the_o same_o place_n in_o this_o place_n the_o paraphrase_n and_o exposition_n of_o gregory_n neocesarien_n or_o nazianzen_n say_v the_o sun_n have_v run_v about_o the_o whole_a earth_n return_v as_o it_o be_v turn_v to_o the_o same_o point_n that_o which_o solomon_n save_v be_v interpret_v by_o gregory_n can_v not_o be_v true_a if_o any_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v not_o environ_v with_o the_o heaven_n and_o so_o s._n jerome_n do_v understand_v it_o ephes._n write_v upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o ephesian_n in_o this_o sort_n the_o most_o common_a opinion_n affirm_v agree_v with_o ecclesiaste_n that_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o move_a circular_o like_o unto_o a_o bowl_n and_o it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o no_o round_a figure_n contain_v in_o it_o either_o longitude_n latitude_n height_n or_o depth_n for_o that_o all_o part_n be_v equal_a whereby_o it_o appear_v according_a to_o s._n jerome_n that_o those_o which_o hold_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o be_v not_o repugnant_a to_o the_o holy_a scripture_n but_o conformable_a to_o the_o same_o finem_fw-la and_o although_o that_o s._n basile_n especial_o and_o s._n ambrose_n who_o do_v usual_o imitate_v he_o in_o his_o book_n call_v hexameron_n seem_v somewhat_o doubtful_a of_o this_o point_n yet_o in_o the_o end_n they_o grant_v that_o the_o world_n be_v round_o it_o be_v true_a that_o s._n ambrose_n do_v not_o yield_v to_o this_o quintessence_n 6._o which_o aristotle_n attribute_n to_o the_o heaven_n without_o doubt_v it_o be_v a_o goodly_a thing_n to_o see_v with_o what_o a_o grace_n and_o excellent_a stile_n the_o holy_a scripture_n treat_v of_o the_o situation_n and_o firmness_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o breed_v in_o we_o a_o wonderful_a admiration_n and_o no_o less_o content_a to_o behold_v the_o unspeakable_a power_n and_o wisdom_n of_o the_o creator_n 74._o for_o that_o in_o one_o place_n god_n himself_o say_v that_o it_o be_v he_o which_o plant_v the_o pillar_n which_o support_v the_o earth_n give_v we_o to_o understand_v as_o s._n ambrose_n do_v well_o expound_v it_o that_o the_o unmeasurable_a weight_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n be_v hold_v up_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o divine_a power_n hexa_fw-la the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v common_o so_o call_v they_o and_o use_v this_o phrase_n name_v they_o the_o pillar_n of_o heaven_n and_o earth_n not_o those_o of_o atlas_n as_o the_o poet_n fain_o but_o of_o the_o eternal_a word_n of_o god_n who_o by_o his_o virtue_n support_v both_o heaven_n and_o earth_n moreover_o the_o holy_a scripture_n in_o a_o other_o place_n teach_v that_o the_o earth_n or_o a_o great_a part_n thereof_o 26._o be_v join_v to_o and_o compass_v in_o by_o the_o element_n of_o water_n speak_v general_o that_o god_n place_v the_o earth_n upon_o the_o water_n and_o in_o another_o place_n 1_o that_o he_o frame_v the_o roundness_n of_o the_o earth_n upon_o the_o sea_n and_o although_o s._n augustine_n do_v not_o conclude_v upon_o this_o text_n as_o a_o matter_n of_o faith_n that_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o water_n make_v one_o globe_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n pretend_v by_o this_o mean_n to_o give_v another_o exposition_n to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o psalm_n 13â—_n yet_o notwithstanding_o it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o by_o the_o word_n of_o the_o psalm_n we_o be_v give_v to_o understand_v that_o we_o have_v no_o other_o reason_n to_o imagine_v any_o other_o cement_n or_o unite_n to_o the_o earth_n than_o the_o element_n of_o water_n the_o which_o although_o it_o be_v pliant_a and_o movable_a yet_o do_v it_o support_v
heaven_n without_o doubt_n she_o will_v answer_v we_o as_o lactantius_n do_v that_o if_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o the_o sun_n &_o star_n shall_v fall_v when_o as_o they_o move_v and_o change_v their_o place_n rise_v towards_o the_o south_n even_o so_o if_o the_o earth_n do_v hang_v in_o the_o air_n those_o which_o inhabit_v the_o other_o part_n shall_v go_v with_o their_o foot_n upward_o and_o their_o head_n downward_o and_o the_o rain_n which_o fall_v from_o above_o shall_v mount_v upward_o with_o many_o other_o ridiculous_a deformity_n but_o if_o we_o consult_v with_o the_o force_n of_o reason_n she_o will_v make_v small_a account_n of_o all_o these_o vain_a imagination_n nor_o suffer_v we_o to_o believe_v they_o no_o more_o than_o a_o foolish_a dream_n but_o reason_n will_v answer_v with_o this_o her_o integrity_n and_o gravity_n that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a gross_a error_n to_o imagine_v the_o whole_a world_n to_o be_v like_a unto_o a_o house_n place_v the_o earth_n for_o the_o foundation_n and_o the_o heaven_n for_o the_o cover_n moreover_o she_o will_v say_v that_o as_o in_o all_o creature_n the_o head_n be_v the_o high_a part_n and_o most_o elevate_v although_o all_o creature_n have_v not_o head_n place_v in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o sctuation_n some_o be_v in_o the_o high_a part_n as_o man_n some_o athwart_o as_o sheep_n other_o in_o the_o midst_n as_o spider_n even_o so_o the_o heaven_n in_o what_o part_n soever_o it_o be_v remain_v above_o and_o the_o earth_n likewise_o in_o what_o part_n soever_o remain_v underneath_o our_o imagination_n therefore_o be_v ground_v upon_o time_n and_o place_n the_o which_o she_o can_v comprehend_v nor_o conceive_v in_o general_a but_o in_o particular_a it_o follow_v that_o when_o we_o shall_v raise_v it_o to_o the_o consideration_n of_o thing_n which_o exceed_v the_o time_n and_o place_n which_o be_v know_v unto_o she_o then_o present_o she_o shrink_v and_o can_v subsist_v if_o reason_n do_v not_o support_v she_o in_o like_a sort_n we_o see_v upon_o the_o discourse_n of_o the_o creation_n of_o the_o world_n our_o imagination_n stray_v to_o seeeke_v out_o a_o time_n before_o the_o creation_n thereof_o and_o to_o build_v the_o world_n she_o discribe_v a_o place_n but_o she_o come_v not_o to_o consider_v that_o the_o world_n may_v be_v make_v after_o another_o fashion_n notwithstanding_o reason_n do_v teach_v we_o that_o there_o be_v no_o time_n before_o there_o be_v a_o motion_n whereof_o time_n be_v the_o measure_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o place_n before_o the_o universal_a which_o comprehende_v within_o it_o all_o place_n 3._o wherein_o the_o excellent_a philosopher_n aristotle_n do_v plain_o satisfy_v and_o in_o few_o word_n that_o argument_n make_v against_o the_o place_n of_o the_o earth_n help_v himself_o with_o our_o use_n of_o imagination_n when_o he_o saâ—eth_v and_o with_o truth_n that_o in_o the_o world_n the_o same_o place_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n and_o beneath_o and_o the_o more_o a_o thing_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n the_o more_o it_o be_v underneath_o the_o which_o answer_n be_v produce_v by_o lactantius_n firmian_n yet_o he_o do_v pass_v it_o over_o without_o confutation_n by_o reason_n say_v that_o he_o can_v stay_v thereon_o and_o omit_v the_o handle_n of_o other_o matter_n the_o reason_n why_o s._n augustine_n deny_v the_o antipode_n chap._n 8._o the_o reason_n which_o move_v s._n augustine_n to_o deny_v the_o antipode_n be_v other_o then_o that_o former_o allege_v be_v of_o a_o high_a judgement_n for_o the_o reason_n before_o mention_v that_o the_o antipode_n shall_v go_v upward_o be_v confute_v by_o the_o same_o doctor_n in_o his_o book_n of_o sermon_n in_o these_o word_n the_o ancient_n hold_v 1._o that_o the_o earth_n of_o all_o part_n be_v beneath_o and_o the_o heaven_n above_o by_o reason_n whereof_o the_o antipode_n which_o they_o say_v go_v opposite_a unto_o we_o have_v like_a unto_o we_o the_o heaven_n above_o their_o head_n see_v then_o s._n augustine_n have_v confess_v this_o to_o be_v conformable_a to_o good_a philosophy_n what_o reason_n shall_v we_o say_v do_v move_v so_o learned_a and_o excellent_a a_o man_n to_o follow_v the_o contrary_a opinion_n doubtless_o he_o draw_v the_o motive_n and_o cause_n from_o the_o bowel_n of_o divinity_n whereby_o the_o holy_a writ_n do_v teach_v we_o that_o all_o mankind_n do_v come_v from_o the_o first_o man_n adam_n and_o to_o say_v that_o man_n can_v pass_v to_o that_o new_a world_n cross_v the_o great_a ocean_n be_v uncredible_a and_o a_o mere_a lie_n and_o in_o truth_n if_o the_o success_n a_o experience_n of_o what_o we_o have_v see_v in_o these_o age_n have_v not_o satisfy_v we_o in_o this_o point_n we_o have_v yet_o hold_v this_o reason_n to_o be_v good_a and_o although_o we_o know_v this_o reason_n neither_o to_o be_v pertinent_a nor_o true_a yet_o will_v we_o make_v answer_n thereunto_o show_v in_o what_o sort_n and_o by_o what_o mean_n the_o first_o lineage_n of_o man_n may_v pass_v thither_o and_o how_o and_o by_o what_o mean_v they_o come_v to_o people_n and_o inhabit_v the_o indies_n and_o for_o that_o we_o mean_v hereafter_o to_o entreat_v brief_o of_o this_o subject_n it_o shall_v be_v fit_a now_o to_o understand_v what_o the_o holy_a doctor_n augustine_n dispute_v upon_o this_o matter_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n it_o be_v no_o point_n that_o we_o ought_v to_o believe_v as_o some_o affirm_v that_o there_o be_v antipode_n 9_o that_o be_v to_o say_v man_n which_o inhabit_v that_o other_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o who_o region_n the_o sun_n rise_v when_o it_o set_v with_o we_o and_o that_o their_o step_n be_v opposite_a and_o contrary_a to_o we_o see_v they_o affirm_v not_o this_o by_o any_o certain_a revelation_n which_o they_o have_v but_o only_o by_o a_o philosophical_a discourse_n they_o make_v whereby_o they_o conclude_v that_o the_o earth_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n environ_v of_o all_o part_n and_o cover_v equal_o with_o the_o heaven_n of_o necestitie_n that_o must_v be_v in_o the_o low_a place_n which_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n afterwards_o he_o continue_v in_o these_o word_n the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v not_o err_v neither_o be_v deceive_v in_o any_o sort_n the_o truth_n whereof_o be_v well_o approve_a in_o that_o which_o it_o propound_v of_o thing_n which_o be_v pass_v for_o as_o much_o as_o that_o which_o have_v benefore-told_a have_v succeed_v in_o every_o point_n as_o we_o see_v and_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n void_a of_o all_o sense_n to_o say_v that_o man_n can_v pass_v from_o this_o continent_n to_o the_o new_a find_v world_n &_o cut_v through_o the_o vast_a ocean_n see_v it_o be_v impossible_a for_o man_n to_o pass_v into_o those_o part_n any_o other_o way_n be_v most_o certain_a that_o alman_n descend_v from_o the_o first_o man_n wherein_o we_o see_v that_o all_o the_o difficulty_n s_o augustine_n have_v find_v be_v nothing_o else_o but_o the_o incomparable_a greatness_n of_o this_o vast_a ocean_n gregory_n nazianzen_n be_v of_o the_o same_o opinion_n pâ—stumiâ—num_fw-la assure_v as_o a_o matter_n without_o any_o doubt_n that_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a to_o sail_v beyond_o the_o straits_n of_o gibraltar_n and_o upon_o this_o subject_n he_o write_v in_o a_o epistle_n of_o he_o i_o agree_v well_o with_o the_o say_n of_o pindarus_n that_o past_a cadiz_n that_o sea_n be_v not_o navigable_a and_o he_o himself_o in_o the_o funeral_n sermon_n he_o make_v for_o saint_n basil_n say_v it_o be_v not_o tolerable_a for_o any_o one_o sail_v on_o the_o sea_n to_o pass_v the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n and_o it_o be_v true_a that_o this_o place_n of_o pindarus_n where_o he_o say_v that_o it_o be_v not_o lawful_a neither_o for_o wise_n man_n nor_o fool_n to_o know_v what_o be_v beyond_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n have_v be_v take_v for_o a_o proverb_n thus_o we_o see_v by_o the_o begin_n of_o this_o proverb_n how_o the_o ancient_n be_v obstinate_o settle_v in_o this_o opinion_n as_o also_o by_o the_o book_n of_o poet_n historiographer_n and_o ancient_a cosmographer_n that_o the_o end_n and_o bound_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v set_v at_o cadiz_n in_o spain_n where_o they_o plant_v the_o pillar_n of_o hercules_n there_o they_o set_v the_o limit_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o there_o they_o describe_v the_o bound_n of_o the_o world_n and_o not_o only_o profane_a writer_n speak_v in_o this_o sort_n but_o also_o the_o holy_a scripture_n to_o apply_v itself_o to_o our_o phrase_n say_v that_o the_o edict_n of_o augustus_n caesaâ—_n be_v publish_v to_o the_o end_n that_o all_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v and_o of_o alexander_n the_o great_a that_o he_o stretch_v forth_o his_o empire_n even_o to_o the_o end_n and_o
tropic_n as_o aristotle_n and_o pliny_n have_v maintain_v and_o before_o they_o the_o philosopher_n parmenides_n the_o contrary_a whereof_o be_v before_o sufficient_o prove_v both_o for_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o but_o many_o through_o curiosity_n may_v demand_v if_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o this_o truth_n which_o to_o we_o be_v now_o so_o apparent_a see_v that_o in_o truth_n it_o seem_v very_o strange_a that_o this_o new_a world_n which_o be_v so_o spacious_a as_o we_o do_v visible_o see_v it_o shall_v be_v hide_v from_o the_o ancient_n by_o so_o many_o age_n but_o some_o at_o this_o day_n seek_v to_o obscure_v the_o felicity_n of_o this_o age_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o our_o nation_n strive_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o new_a find_v world_n be_v know_v to_o the_o ancient_n and_o in_o truth_n we_o can_v deny_v but_o there_o be_v some_o apparency_n s._n jerome_n write_v upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o ephesian_n say_v ephes._n we_o seek_v with_o reason_n what_o the_o apostle_n mean_v in_o these_o word_n where_o he_o say_v you_o have_v walk_v for_o a_o season_n according_a to_o the_o course_n of_o this_o world_n whether_o he_o will_v have_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n which_o neither_o be_v nor_o depend_v of_o this_o world_n but_o other_o world_n whereof_o clement_n write_v in_o his_o epistle_n the_o ocean_n and_o the_o world_n which_o be_v beyond_o the_o ocean_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o s._n jerome_n but_o in_o truth_n i_o can_v find_v this_o epistle_n of_o s._n clement_n cite_v by_o s._n jerome_n yet_o i_o believe_v undoubted_o that_o s._n clement_n have_v write_v it_o see_v s._n jerome_n make_v mention_v thereof_o and_o with_o reason_n saint_n clement_n say_v that_o beyond_o the_o ocean_n there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n yea_o many_o world_n as_o in_o truth_n there_o be_v see_v there_o be_v so_o great_a distance_n from_o one_o new_a world_n to_o a_o other_o new_a world_n i_o mean_v from_o peru_n and_o the_o west_n indies_n to_o china_n and_o the_o east_n indies_n moreover_o pliny_n who_o have_v be_v so_o curious_a a_o searcher_n out_o of_o strange_a thing_n report_n in_o his_o natural_a history_n that_o hannon_n a_o captain_n of_o the_o carthaginian_n sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n from_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n coast_v alongst_o the_o land_n 67._o even_o unto_o the_o confine_n of_o arabia_n and_o that_o he_o leave_v this_o his_o navigation_n in_o writing_n if_o it_o be_v as_o pliny_n write_v it_o follow_v that_o hannon_n sail_v as_o far_o as_o the_o portugal_n do_v at_o this_o day_n pass_v twice_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a which_o be_v a_o fearful_a thing_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_v of_o cornelius_n nepos_n a_o very_a grave_a author_n who_o say_v that_o the_o same_o course_n have_v be_v sail_v by_o a_o other_o man_n call_v eudaxius_fw-la but_o by_o contrary_a way_n for_o this_o eudaxius_fw-la follow_v the_o king_n of_o latyre_n pass_v by_o the_o red_a sea_n into_o the_o ocean_n and_o turn_v back_o come_v to_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n the_o which_o cornelius_n nepos_n affirm_v to_o have_v happen_v in_o his_o time_n and_o also_o other_o grave_a author_n do_v write_v that_o a_o ship_n of_o carthage_n drive_v by_o force_n of_o wind_n into_o the_o ocean_n come_v to_o a_o land_n which_o until_o then_o be_v unknown_a and_o return_v to_o carthage_n kindle_v a_o great_a desire_n in_o the_o citizen_n to_o discover_v and_o people_n this_o land_n the_o which_o the_o senate_n perceive_v do_v forbid_v this_o navigation_n by_o a_o rigorous_a decree_n fear_v that_o with_o the_o desire_n of_o new_a land_n they_o shall_v leave_v to_o love_v their_o own_o country_n by_o all_o this_o we_o may_v gather_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v some_o knowledge_n of_o the_o new_a world_n yet_o shall_v you_o hardly_o find_v in_o the_o book_n of_o ancient_a writer_n any_o thing_n write_v of_o our_o america_n and_o all_o the_o west_n indies_n but_o of_o the_o east_n indies_n i_o say_v there_o be_v sufficient_a testimony_n not_o only_o of_o that_o on_o the_o other_o side_n but_o also_o of_o that_o on_o this_o side_n which_o then_o be_v far_a off_o go_v thither_o by_o a_o contrary_a way_n to_o that_o at_o this_o day_n be_v it_o not_o easy_a to_o find_v molaco_n in_o ancient_a book_n which_o they_o call_v the_o golden_a chersonese_n the_o cape_n of_o comori_fw-la which_o be_v call_v the_o promontory_n of_o coci_n &_o that_o great_a &_o famous_a island_n of_o sumatra_n so_o well_o know_v by_o the_o ancient_a name_n of_o taprobana_n what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o two_o ethiopiaes_fw-la the_o brachmanes_n and_o that_o great_a land_n of_o the_o chinaes_n who_o doubt_n but_o there_o be_v often_o mention_v make_v thereof_o in_o ancient_a book_n but_o of_o the_o west_n indies_n we_o find_v not_o in_o pliny_n that_o in_o this_o navigation_n they_o pass_v the_o land_n of_o the_o canary_n 21._o which_o he_o call_v fortunate_a the_o principal_a whereof_o be_v say_v to_o be_v call_v canary_n for_o the_o multitude_n of_o dog_n which_o be_v in_o it_o but_o there_o be_v scarce_o any_o mention_n in_o ancient_a book_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o be_v make_v at_o this_o day_n beyond_o the_o canary_n by_o the_o gulf_n which_o with_o reason_n they_o call_v great_a yet_o many_o hold_n opinion_n that_o seneca_n the_o tragedian_n do_v prophesy_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n in_o his_o tragedy_n of_o medea_n which_o translate_v say_v thus_o sin_n a_o age_n shall_v come_v ere_o age_n end_n bless_o strange_a and_o strange_o blessed_v when_o our_o sea_n far_o and_o near_o or'pre_v his_o shore_n shall_v far_o yet_o extend_v descry_v then_o shall_v a_o large_a land_n be_v by_o this_o profound_a sea_n navigation_n an_o other_o world_n a_o other_o nation_n all_o man_n shall_v then_o discover_v see_v thule_n account_v heretofore_o the_o world_n extreme_a the_o northern_a bind_v shall_v be_v when_o southwest_n part_n be_v find_v a_o near_a isle_n a_o neighbour_n shore_n this_o seneca_n report_v in_o these_o verse_n &_o we_o can_v well_o deny_v but_o understand_v it_o literal_o it_o be_v very_o true_a for_o if_o we_o reckon_v the_o many_o year_n he_o speak_v of_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o tragedian_n it_o be_v above_o a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o year_n past_a and_o if_o it_o be_v from_o the_o time_n of_o medea_n it_o be_v above_o two_o thousand_o year_n the_o which_o we_o see_v plain_o now_o accomplish_v see_v the_o passage_n of_o the_o ocean_n so_o long_a time_n hide_v have_v be_v find_v out_o and_o that_o they_o have_v discover_v a_o great_a land_n and_o a_o new_a world_n inhabit_v more_o spacious_a than_o all_o the_o continent_n of_o europe_n and_o asia_n but_o therein_o may_v a_o question_n with_o reason_n be_v make_v whether_o seneca_n speak_v this_o by_o divination_n or_o poetical_o and_o by_o chance_n and_o to_o speak_v my_o opinion_n i_o believe_v he_o do_v divine_a after_o the_o manner_n of_o wise_a man_n and_o well_o advise_v for_o that_o in_o his_o time_n they_o undertake_v new_a voyage_n and_o navigation_n by_o sea_n he_o know_v well_o like_o a_o philosopher_n that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o land_n contrary_a and_o opposite_a unto_o we_o which_o they_o call_v antichthon_n and_o by_o this_o ground_n he_o may_v conceyve_v that_o the_o industry_n and_o courage_n of_o man_n may_v in_o the_o end_n pass_v the_o ocean_n and_o discover_v new_a land_n and_o another_o world_n for_o that_o in_o senecaes_n time_n they_o have_v knowledge_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o pliny_n speak_v of_o whereby_o they_o pass_v the_o great_a ocean_n the_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o motive_n of_o senecaes_n prophecy_n as_o he_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v by_o these_o former_a verse_n after_o the_o which_o have_v describe_v the_o careful_a life_n of_o the_o ancient_n free_a from_o malice_n he_o follow_v thus_o now_o be_v it_o not_o as_o erst_o it_o be_v for_o whether_o the_o ocean_n will_v or_o will_v he_o traverse_v be_v by_o hardy_a will_n which_o pastime_n make_v time_n so_o to_o pass_v and_o a_o little_a after_o he_o say_v thus_o now_o every_o boat_n dare_v swim_v and_o sport_n on_o surge_a sea_n fear_v no_o wrack_n passenger_n seek_v what_o they_o lack_v so_o long_o a_o voyage_n think_v but_o short_a nothing_o be_v now_o more_o to_o discover_v no_o place_n be_v now_o leave_v to_o surprise_v town_n now_o that_o for_o defence_n devise_v with_o new_a fortification_n cover_v all_o in_o the_o world_n turn_v round_o about_o no_o thing_n in_o place_n as_o it_o be_v enure_v nothing_o unseen_a nothing_o assure_v this_o circle_n universe_n throughout_o the_o indian_a who_o at_o home_o heat_n fry_v drink_v of_o araxis_n water_n cold_a the_o persian_a rich_a in_o
say_v this_o word_n of_o obrise_n be_v thesame_a with_o ophrise_o for_o find_v there_o seven_o sort_n or_o kind_n of_o gold_n as_o s._n jerome_n report_v that_o of_o ophir_n be_v hold_v for_o the_o most_o fine_a as_o here_o we_o esteem_v the_o gold_n of_o valdivia_n and_o caramaya_n the_o chief_a reason_n which_o move_v i_o to_o think_v that_o ophir_n be_v at_o the_o east_n indies_n and_o not_o in_o the_o west_n be_v for_o that_o solomon_n fleet_n can_v not_o come_v hither_o without_o pass_v the_o east_n indies_n all_o china_n and_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o sea_n be_v unlikely_a they_o will_v pass_v over_o all_o the_o world_n to_o come_v thither_o for_o gold_n that_o continent_n especial_o lie_v in_o that_o sort_n as_o they_o can_v not_o come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n thereof_o by_o any_o voyage_n by_o land_n and_o hereafter_o we_o will_v show_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v never_o knowledge_n in_o thearte_n of_o navigation_n without_o the_o which_o they_o can_v not_o run_v so_o far_o into_o the_o sea_n final_o in_o these_o matter_n when_o as_o there_o appear_v no_o certain_a proof_n but_o only_o light_a conjecture_n we_o be_v not_o bind_v to_o believe_v but_o what_o we_o shall_v think_v good_a what_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n signify_v in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n chap._n 14._o if_o every_o man_n conjecture_n and_o opinion_n may_v be_v allow_v for_o my_o part_n i_o hold_v that_o in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n these_o word_n of_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n most_o common_o do_v not_o signify_v any_o certain_a place_n but_o it_o be_v a_o word_n and_o signification_n general_a to_o the_o hebrew_n as_o in_o our_o vulgar_a tongue_n this_o word_n of_o indies_n be_v general_a unto_o we_o in_o our_o usual_a manner_n ofspeech_n for_o we_o mean_v by_o the_o indies_n those_o rich_a country_n which_o be_v far_o off_o and_o strange_a unto_o us._n so_o we_o spaniard_n do_v indifferent_o call_v indies_n the_o country_n of_o peru_n mexico_n china_n malaca_n and_o bresil_n and_o from_o what_o part_n soever_o of_o these_o any_o letter_n come_v we_o say_v they_o be_v from_o the_o indies_n which_o country_n be_v far_o distant_a and_o different_a one_o from_o another_o yet_o we_o can_v deny_v but_o that_o name_n of_o indies_n be_v proper_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o east_n indies_n and_o for_o that_o in_o old_a time_n they_o do_v speak_v of_o these_o indies_n as_o of_o a_o country_n far_o off_o so_o likewise_o in_o the_o discovery_n of_o other_o remote_a land_n they_o have_v give_v they_o the_o name_n of_o indies_n be_v distant_a from_o the_o rest_n and_o hold_v as_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n even_o so_o in_o my_o judgement_n tharsis_n in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v not_o signify_v any_o certain_a and_o determine_a place_n but_o only_a region_n a_o far_o off_o and_o according_a to_o the_o vulgar_a opinion_n very_o rich_a and_o strange_a for_o that_o which_o josephus_n and_o some_o other_o will_v affirm_v that_o tharsis_n be_v tarso_n according_a to_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o scripture_n tomo_fw-la in_o my_o opinion_n have_v be_v well_o refute_v by_o s._n jerome_n not_o only_o for_o that_o these_o word_n be_v write_v with_o divers_a letter_n the_o one_o with_o a_o aspiration_n the_o other_o without_o but_o also_o that_o many_o thing_n be_v write_v of_o tharsis_n which_o can_v agree_v with_o tarso_n a_o city_n in_o cilicia_n it_o be_v true_a that_o in_o some_o place_n of_o the_o scripture_n tharsis_n be_v say_v to_o be_v in_o cilicia_n the_o which_o you_o shall_v find_v in_o the_o book_n of_o judith_n speak_v of_o holophernes_n who_o have_v pass_v the_o limit_n of_o assyria_n 2._o he_o come_v to_o the_o great_a mountain_n of_o ange_n which_o perchance_o be_v taurus_n which_o hill_n be_v on_o the_o left_a hand_n of_o cilicia_n and_o that_o he_o enter_v into_o all_o the_o castle_n 27._o where_o he_o assemble_v all_o his_o force_n have_v destroy_v that_o famous_a city_n of_o melothi_n he_o ruin_v all_o the_o child_n of_o tharsis_n and_o of_o israel_n which_o be_v join_v unto_o the_o desert_n and_o those_o which_o be_v in_o the_o south_n towards_o the_o land_n of_o cellon_n and_o from_o thence_o pass_v euphrates_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v that_o which_o be_v so_o write_v of_o tharsis_n joan._n can_v be_v apply_v to_o the_o city_n of_o tharso_n theodoret_n and_o some_o other_o follow_v the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o 70._o aparatus_fw-la in_o some_o place_n they_o set_v tharsis_n in_o africa_n say_v it_o be_v the_o same_o city_n which_o be_v ancient_o call_v carthage_n and_o be_v now_o the_o kingdom_n of_o thunis_n and_o they_o say_v that_o jonas_n mean_v to_o go_v thither_o when_o as_o the_o scripture_n report_v that_o hefle_v from_o the_o lord_n into_o tharsis_n other_o pretend_v that_o tharsis_n be_v a_o certain_a country_n of_o the_o indies_n whereunto_o it_o seem_v that_o s._n jerome_n be_v incline_v marcel_n i_o will_v not_o now_o decide_v these_o opinion_n but_o i_o hold_v that_o in_o this_o case_n the_o scripture_n do_v not_o always_o signify_v one_o region_n or_o certain_a part_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o wise_a man_n or_o king_n that_o come_v to_o worship_n christ_n be_v of_o the_o east_n and_o the_o scripture_n say_v they_o be_v of_o saba_n epha_n and_o madiem_n and_o some_o learned_a man_n hold_v that_o they_o be_v of_o ethiopia_n arabia_n and_o persia_n and_o yet_o the_o psalmist_n and_o the_o church_n sing_v of_o they_o 16._o the_o king_n of_o tharsis_n shall_v bring_v present_n we_o agree_v then_o with_o s._n jerome_n that_o tharsis_n be_v a_o word_n that_o have_v many_o and_o divers_a signification_n in_o the_o scripture_n sometime_o it_o signify_v the_o crisolite_n or_o jacinth_n stone_n sometime_o a_o certain_a region_n of_o the_o indies_n sometime_o the_o sea_n which_o be_v of_o the_o colour_n of_o a_o jacinth_n by_o the_o reverberation_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o the_o same_o doctor_n do_v with_o reason_n deny_v that_o tharsis_n be_v any_o region_n of_o the_o indies_n whether_o jonas_n will_v fly_v see_v that_o part_n from_o joppa_n it_o have_v be_v impossible_a to_o sail_v unto_o the_o indies_n by_o that_o sea_n for_o that_o joppa_n which_o at_o this_o day_n we_o call_v jaffe_n be_v no_o port_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n join_v to_o the_o east_n indian_a sea_n but_o of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n which_o have_v no_o issue_n into_o the_o indian_a whereby_o it_o do_v plain_o appear_v that_o the_o voyage_n which_o solomon_n fleet_n make_v part_v from_o asiongaber_n whereas_o the_o ship_n of_o king_n josaphat_n be_v lose_v go_v by_o the_o red_a sea_n to_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n the_o which_o be_v direct_o testify_v in_o the_o scripture_n the_o which_o voyage_n be_v very_o different_a from_o that_o which_o jonas_n pretend_v to_o tharsis_n see_v that_o asiongaber_n be_v the_o port_n of_o a_o city_n of_o idumea_n seat_v upon_o the_o straight_a whereas_o the_o red_a sea_n join_v with_o the_o great_a ocean_n from_o this_o ophir_n they_o bring_v to_o solomon_n gold_n silver_z elephant_n tooth_n monkey_n indian_a cock_n and_o their_o voyage_n be_v of_o three_o year_n all_o which_o without_o doubt_n ought_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o east_n indies_n which_o be_v fruitful_a and_o abundant_a of_o all_o these_o thing_n as_o pliny_n testify_v and_o our_o own_o experience_n do_v witness_v from_o our_o peru_n doubtless_o they_o can_v not_o bring_v any_o elephant_n tooth_n those_o beast_n be_v unknown_a there_o but_o they_o may_v well_o bring_v gold_n silver_z and_o pleasant_a monkey_n final_o the_o holy_a scripture_n in_o my_o opinion_n do_v common_o understand_v by_o this_o word_n of_o tharsis_n either_o the_o great_a sea_n or_o far_o and_o strange_a region_n so_o as_o he_o suppose_v that_o the_o prophecy_n which_o speak_v of_o tharsis_n see_v the_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n may_v comprehend_v all_o thing_n may_v often_o be_v apply_v to_o thing_n of_o our_o new_a world_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o abdias_n which_o some_o do_v interpret_v to_o be_v the_o indies_n chap._n 15._o many_o say_v and_o affirm_v that_o in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n it_o be_v foretell_v long_o before_o that_o this_o new_a world_n shall_v be_v convert_v to_o jesus_n christ_n by_o the_o spanish_a nation_n and_o to_o this_o purpose_n they_o expound_v the_o text_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o abdias_n which_o say_v thus_o at_o the_o transmigration_n of_o this_o oâ—t_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v possess_v all_o the_o the_o dwelling_n of_o the_o canaanite_n unto_o sarepte_n and_o the_o transmigration_n of_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v at_o bosphorus_n shall_v possess_v the_o city_n of_o the_o south_n and_o they_o that_o shall_v save_v shall_v come_v up_o to_o the_o hill_n of_o zion_n to_o judge_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o the_o
sail_v in_o three_o year_n be_v no_o sufficient_a proof_n see_v the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v not_o direct_o affirm_v that_o this_o voyage_n continue_v three_o year_n but_o that_o it_o be_v make_v once_o in_o three_o year_n and_o although_o we_o grant_v that_o the_o voyage_n last_v three_o year_n it_o may_v be_v as_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o this_o fleet_n sail_v towards_o the_o east_n indies_n be_v stay_v in_o their_o course_n by_o the_o diversity_n of_o port_n and_o region_n which_o they_o discover_v as_o at_o this_o day_n in_o all_o the_o south_n sea_n they_o sail_v from_o chile_n to_o new_a spain_n the_o which_o voyage_n although_o it_o be_v more_o certain_a yet_o be_v it_o long_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o turn_n they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v upon_o the_o coast_n and_o they_o stay_v in_o divers_a port_n and_o in_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o find_v in_o ancient_a book_n that_o they_o have_v launch_v far_o into_o the_o ocean_n neither_o can_v i_o believe_v that_o this_o their_o sail_v be_v otherwise_o then_o they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n in_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n which_o make_v learned_a man_n to_o conjecture_v that_o in_o old_a time_n they_o do_v not_o sail_v without_o owers_n for_o that_o they_o go_v always_o coast_v along_o the_o shore_n and_o it_o seem_v the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v testify_v as_o much_o speak_v of_o that_o famous_a voyage_n of_o the_o prophet_n jonas_n where_o it_o say_v that_o the_o mariner_n be_v force_v by_o the_o weather_n row_v to_o land_n that_o we_o may_v conjecture_v how_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v thither_o by_o force_n of_o weather_n and_o not_o willing_o chap._n 19_o have_v show_v that_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o believe_v that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v thither_o purposely_o it_o follow_v then_o that_o if_o they_o come_v by_o sea_n it_o be_v by_o chance_n or_o by_o force_n of_o weather_n the_o which_o be_v not_o incredible_a notwithstanding_o the_o vastness_n of_o the_o ocean_n see_v the_o like_a have_v happen_v in_o our_o time_n when_o as_o that_o mariner_n who_o name_n we_o be_v yet_o ignorant_a of_o to_o the_o end_n so_o great_a a_o work_n and_o of_o such_o importance_n shall_v not_o be_v attribute_v to_o any_o other_o author_n then_o to_o god_n have_v through_o tempest_n discover_v this_o new_a world_n leave_v for_o payment_n of_o his_o lodging_n where_o he_o have_v receive_v it_o to_z christopher_z columbus_n the_o knowledge_n of_o so_o great_a a_o secret_a even_o so_o it_o may_v chance_v that_o some_o of_o europe_n or_o africa_n in_o time_n past_a have_v be_v drive_v by_o soul_n weather_n and_o cast_v upon_o unknown_a land_n beyond_o the_o ocean_n who_o know_v not_o that_o most_o or_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o region_n in_o this_o new_a world_n be_v discover_v by_o this_o mean_n the_o which_o we_o must_v rather_o attribute_v to_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o weather_n then_o to_o the_o spirit_n and_o industry_n of_o those_o which_o have_v discover_v and_o to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v know_v that_o it_o be_v not_o in_o our_o time_n only_o that_o they_o have_v undertake_v such_o voyage_n through_o the_o greatness_n of_o our_o ship_n and_o the_o valour_n and_o courage_n of_o our_o man_n we_o may_v read_v in_o pliny_n that_o many_o of_o the_o ancient_n have_v make_v the_o like_a voyage_n he_o write_v in_o this_o manner_n it_o be_v report_v that_o caius_n caesar_n son_n to_o augustus_n caesar_n 69._o have_v charge_n upon_o the_o arabian_a sea_n do_v there_o see_v and_o find_v certain_a piece_n and_o remainder_n of_o spanish_a ship_n that_o have_v perish_v and_o after_o he_o say_v nepos_n report_v of_o the_o northern_a circuit_n that_o they_o bring_v to_o quintus_fw-la metellus_n caeler_n companion_n in_o the_o consulship_n to_o caius_n affranius_n the_o same_o metellus_n be_v then_o proconsul_n in_o gaul_n certain_a indian_n which_o have_v be_v present_v by_o the_o king_n of_o sueden_n thâ—_n which_o indian_n sail_v from_o india_n for_o their_o traffic_n be_v cast_v upon_o germany_n by_o force_n of_o tempest_n doubtless_o if_o pliny_n speak_v truth_n the_o portugal_n in_o these_o day_n sail_v no_o further_o than_o they_o do_v in_o those_o two_o shipwrack_n 22_o the_o one_o from_o spain_n to_o the_o red_a sea_n the_o other_o from_o the_o east_n indies_n to_o germany_n the_o same_o author_n write_v in_o another_o place_n that_o a_o servant_n of_o annius_n plocanius_fw-la who_o farm_a the_o custom_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n sail_v the_o course_n of_o arabia_n there_o come_v so_o furious_a a_o northern_a wind_n that_o in_o fifteen_o day_n he_o pass_v caramania_n and_o discover_v hippare_v a_o port_n in_o taprobane_n which_o at_o this_o day_n we_o call_v sumatra_n and_o they_o report_v of_o a_o ship_n of_o carthage_n which_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n by_o a_o northern_a wind_n to_o the_o view_n of_o this_o new_a world_n the_o which_o be_v no_o strange_a thing_n to_o such_o as_o have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sea_n to_o know_v that_o sometime_o a_o storm_n continue_v long_a &_o furious_a without_o any_o intermission_n i_o myself_o go_v to_o the_o indies_n part_v from_o the_o canary_n have_v in_o fifteen_o day_n discover_v the_o first_o land_n people_v by_o the_o spaniard_n and_o without_o doubt_n this_o voyage_n have_v be_v short_a if_o the_o mariner_n have_v set_v up_o all_o their_o sail_n to_o the_o northern_a wind_n that_o blow_v it_o seem_v therefore_o likely_a to_o i_o that_o in_o time_n past_a man_n come_v to_o the_o indies_n against_o their_o will_n drive_v by_o the_o fury_n of_o the_o wind_n in_o peru_n they_o make_v great_a mention_n of_o certain_a giant_n which_o have_v be_v in_o those_o part_n who_o bone_n be_v yet_o see_v at_o manta_n and_o port_n viâ—il_n of_o a_o huge_a greatness_n and_o by_o their_o proportion_n they_o shall_v be_v thrice_o as_o big_a as_o the_o indian_n at_o this_o day_n they_o report_v that_o the_o giant_n come_v by_o sea_n to_o make_v war_n with_o those_o of_o the_o country_n and_o that_o they_o make_v goodly_a building_n whereof_o at_o this_o day_n they_o show_v a_o well_o build_v with_o stone_n of_o great_a price_n they_o say_v moreover_o that_o these_o man_n commit_v abominable_a sin_n especial_o against_o nature_n be_v consume_v by_o fire_n from_o heaven_n in_o like_a fort_n the_o indian_n report_n of_o yâ—a_n and_o arica_n that_o in_o old_a time_n they_o be_v wont_a to_o sail_v far_o to_o the_o land_n of_o the_o west_n and_o make_v their_o voyage_n in_o seal_n skin_n blow_v up_o so_o as_o there_o want_v no_o witness_n to_o prove_v that_o they_o sail_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n before_o the_o spaniard_n come_v thither_o thus_o we_o may_v well_o conjecture_v that_o the_o new_a world_n begin_v to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o man_n that_o have_v be_v cast_v upon_o that_o coast_n by_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o northern_a wind_n as_o we_o have_v see_v in_o our_o age_n so_o it_o be_v be_v a_o matter_n very_o considerable_a that_o the_o work_n of_o nature_n of_o great_a importance_n for_o the_o most_o part_n have_v be_v find_v out_o accidental_o and_o not_o by_o the_o industry_n and_o diligence_n of_o man_n the_o great_a part_n of_o physical_a herb_n of_o stone_n plant_n metal_n pearl_n gold_n adamant_n amber_n diamond_n and_o the_o most_o part_n of_o such_o like_a thing_n with_o their_o property_n and_o virtue_n have_v rather_o come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o man_n by_o chance_n then_o by_o art_n or_o industry_n to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v know_v that_o the_o glory_n &_o praise_v of_o such_o wonder_n shall_v be_v attribute_v to_o the_o providence_n of_o the_o creator_n and_o not_o to_o man_n understanding_n for_o that_o which_o we_o think_v to_o happen_v accident_o proceed_v always_o from_o the_o ordinance_n and_o disposition_n of_o god_n who_o do_v all_o thing_n with_o reason_n notwithstanding_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v more_o likely_a that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v by_o land_n chap._n 20._o i_o conclude_v then_o that_o it_o be_v likely_a the_o first_o that_o come_v to_o the_o indies_n be_v by_o shipwreck_n and_o tempest_n of_o wether_n but_o hereupon_o grow_v a_o difficulty_n which_o trouble_v i_o much_o for_o suppose_v we_o grant_v that_o the_o first_o man_n come_v from_o far_a country_n and_o that_o the_o nation_n which_o we_o now_o see_v be_v issue_v from_o they_o and_o multiply_v yet_o can_v i_o not_o conjecture_v by_o what_o mean_v brute_n beast_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n can_v come_v there_o not_o be_v likely_a they_o shall_v have_v be_v embark_v and_o carry_v by_o sea_n the_o reason_n that_o enforce_v we_o to_o yield_v that_o the_o first_o man_n of_o the_o
philosophy_n worthy_a of_o account_n the_o great_a part_n of_o plato_n interpreter_n affirm_v that_o it_o be_v a_o true_a history_n whatsoever_o critias_n report_v of_o the_o strange_a beginning_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n of_o the_o greatness_n thereof_o of_o the_o war_n they_o have_v against_o they_o of_o europe_n with_o many_o other_o thing_n that_o which_o give_v it_o the_o more_o credit_n of_o a_o true_a history_n be_v the_o word_n of_o critias_n who_o plato_n bring_v in_o in_o his_o time_n say_v that_o the_o subject_n he_o mean_v to_o treat_v of_o be_v of_o strange_a thing_n but_o yet_o true_a the_o other_o disciple_n of_o plato_n consider_v that_o this_o discourse_n have_v more_o show_n of_o a_o fable_n then_o of_o a_o true_a history_n say_v that_o we_o must_v take_v it_o as_o a_o allegory_n and_o that_o such_o be_v the_o intention_n of_o their_o divine_a philosopher_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v procles_n and_o porphire_n yea_o and_o origen_n who_o so_o much_o regard_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n as_o when_o they_o speak_v thereof_o they_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o book_n of_o moses_n or_o of_o esdras_n and_o whereas_o they_o think_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n have_v no_o show_n of_o truth_n they_o say_v they_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v mystical_o and_o in_o allegory_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o so_o much_o respect_v the_o authority_n of_o plato_n who_o they_o call_v divine_a as_o i_o will_v believe_v he_o can_v write_v these_o thing_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n for_o a_o true_a history_n the_o which_o be_v but_o mere_a fable_n see_v he_o confess_v that_o he_o learn_v they_o of_o critias_n be_v a_o little_a child_n who_o among_o other_o song_n sing_v that_o of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n but_o whether_o that_o plato_n do_v write_v it_o for_o a_o true_a history_n or_o a_o fable_n for_o my_o part_n i_o believe_v that_o all_o which_o he_o have_v write_v of_o this_o island_n begin_v at_o the_o dialogue_n of_o time_n and_o continue_v to_o that_o of_o critias_n can_v be_v hold_v for_o true_a but_o among_o child_n and_o old_a folk_n who_o will_v not_o account_n it_o a_o fable_n to_o say_v that_o neptune_n fall_v in_o love_n with_o clite_n and_o have_v of_o she_o five_o pair_n of_o twin_n at_o one_o birth_n and_o that_o out_o of_o one_o mountain_n he_o draw_v three_o round_a ball_n of_o water_n and_o two_o of_o earth_n which_o do_v so_o well_o resemble_v as_o you_o will_v have_v judge_v they_o all_o one_o bowel_z what_o shall_v we_o say_v moreover_o of_o that_o temple_n of_o a_o thousand_o pace_n long_o and_o five_o hundred_o broad_a who_o wall_n without_o be_v all_o cover_v with_o silver_n the_o ceiling_n of_o gold_n and_o within_o ivory_n indent_a and_o inlay_v with_o gold_n silver_z and_o pearl_n in_o the_o end_n speak_v of_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o he_o conclude_v thus_o in_o his_o time_n in_o one_o day_n and_o one_o night_n come_v a_o great_a deluge_n whereby_o all_o our_o soldier_n be_v swallow_v by_o heap_n within_o the_o earth_n and_o in_o this_o sort_n the_o atlantike_a island_n be_v drown_v it_o vanish_v in_o the_o sea_n without_o doubt_v it_o fall_v out_o happy_o that_o this_o island_n vanish_v so_o sudden_o see_v it_o be_v big_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n and_o that_o it_o be_v make_v by_o enchantment_n it_o be_v in_o likesort_v all_o one_o to_o say_v that_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o so_o great_a a_o island_n be_v see_v in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o that_o the_o mariner_n which_o see_v they_o can_v sail_v that_o way_n then_o he_o add_v for_o this_o cause_n unto_o this_o day_n that_o sea_n be_v not_o navigable_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o bank_n which_o by_o little_a &_o little_o be_v grow_v in_o that_o drown_a island_n i_o will_v willing_o demand_v what_o sea_n can_v swallow_v up_o so_o infinite_a a_o continent_n of_o land_n great_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n who_o confine_n stretch_v unto_o the_o indies_n and_o to_o swallow_v it_o up_o in_o such_o sort_n as_o there_o shall_v at_o this_o day_n remain_v no_o sign_n nor_o mark_n thereof_o whatsoever_o see_v it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o experience_n that_o the_o mariner_n find_v no_o bottom_n in_o the_o sea_n where_o they_o say_v this_o island_n be_v notwithstanding_o it_o may_v seem_v indiscreet_a and_o far_o from_o reason_n to_o dispute_v serious_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v report_v at_o pleasure_n or_o if_o we_o shall_v give_v that_o respect_n to_o the_o authority_n of_o plato_n as_o it_o be_v reason_n we_o must_v rather_o understand_v they_o to_o signify_v simple_o as_o in_o a_o picture_n the_o prosperity_n of_o a_o city_n and_o withal_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o for_o the_o argument_n they_o make_v to_o prove_v that_o this_o atlantike_a island_n have_v be_v real_o and_o indeed_o say_v that_o the_o sea_n in_o those_o part_n do_v at_o this_o day_n bear_v the_o name_n of_o atlantike_a be_v of_o small_a importance_n for_o that_o we_o know_v mount_n atlas_n 31_o whereof_o pliny_n say_v this_o sea_n take_v the_o name_n be_v upon_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_n that_o join_v to_o the_o say_a mount_n there_o be_v a_o island_n call_v atlantike_a which_o he_o report_v to_o be_v little_a and_o of_o small_a account_n that_o the_o opinion_n of_o many_o which_o hold_v that_o the_o first_o race_n of_o the_o indian_n come_v from_o the_o jew_n be_v not_o true_a chap._n 23._o now_o that_o we_o have_v show_v how_o unlikely_a it_o be_v that_o the_o first_o indian_n pass_v to_o the_o indies_n by_o the_o atlantike_a island_n there_o be_v other_o hold_v opinion_n that_o they_o take_v the_o way_n whereof_o esdras_n speak_v in_o his_o four_o book_n in_o this_o manner_n and_o whereas_o thou_o see_v that_o he_o gather_v a_o other_o peaceable_a troop_n unto_o he_o 13._o thou_o shall_v know_v those_o be_v the_o ten_o tribe_n which_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_n out_o of_o their_o own_o land_n in_o the_o time_n of_o king_n ozeas_n who_o salmanazar_n king_n of_o the_o assyrian_n take_v captive_n and_o lead_v they_o beyond_o the_o river_n so_o be_v they_o bring_v into_o a_o other_o land_n but_o they_o take_v this_o counsel_n to_o themselves_o to_o leave_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o go_v forth_o into_o a_o far_a country_n where_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v that_o they_o may_v there_o observe_v their_o statute_n which_o they_o can_v not_o keep_v in_o their_o own_o land_n and_o they_o enter_v by_o the_o narrow_a passage_n of_o the_o river_n euphrates_n for_o then_o god_n show_v his_o wonder_n and_o stay_v the_o spring_n of_o the_o flood_n until_o they_o be_v pass_v over_o for_o the_o way_n unto_o that_o country_n be_v very_o long_o yea_o of_o a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o this_o region_n be_v call_v arsareth_n then_o dwell_v they_o there_o until_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o when_o they_o come_v forth_o again_o the_o most_o mighty_a shall_v hold_v still_o the_o spring_n of_o the_o river_n again_o that_o they_o may_v go_v through_o for_o this_o cause_n see_v thou_o this_o multitude_n peaceable_a some_o will_v apply_v this_o text_n of_o esdras_n to_o the_o indies_n say_v they_o be_v guide_v by_o god_n whereas_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v and_o that_o the_o land_n where_o they_o dwell_v be_v so_o far_o off_o as_o it_o require_v a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a to_o perform_v the_o voyage_n be_v by_o nature_n very_o peaceable_a and_o that_o there_o be_v great_a sign_n and_o argument_n among_o the_o common_a sort_n of_o the_o indian_n to_o breed_v a_o belief_n that_o they_o be_v descend_v from_o the_o jew_n for_o common_o you_o shall_v see_v they_o fearful_a submiss_a ceremonious_a and_o subtle_a in_o lie_v and_o moreover_o they_o say_v their_o habit_n be_v like_a unto_o those_o the_o jew_n use_v for_o they_o wear_v a_o short_a coat_n or_o waistcoat_n and_o a_o cloak_n embroider_v all_o about_o they_o go_v barefooted_a or_o with_o sole_n tie_v with_o latcher_n over_o the_o foot_n which_o they_o call_v oiotas_n and_o they_o say_v that_o it_o appear_v by_o their_o history_n as_o also_o by_o their_o ancient_a picture_n which_o represent_v they_o in_o this_o fashion_n that_o this_o attire_n be_v the_o ancient_a habit_n of_o the_o hebrew_n and_o that_o these_o two_o kind_n of_o garment_n which_o the_o indian_n only_o use_v be_v use_v by_o samson_n which_o the_o scripture_n call_v tunicam_fw-la and_o sidonem_fw-la be_v the_o same_o which_o the_o indian_n term_v waistcoat_n and_o cloak_n but_o all_o these_o conjecture_n be_v light_a and_o rather_o against_o they_o then_o with_o they_o for_o we_o know_v well_o that_o the_o hebrew_n use_v letter_n whereof_o there_o be_v no_o show_n among_o the_o indian_n they_o be_v great_a
lover_n of_o silver_n these_o make_v no_o care_n of_o it_o the_o jew_n if_o they_o be_v not_o circumcise_v hold_v not_o themselves_o for_o jew_n and_o contrariwise_o the_o indian_n be_v not_o at_o all_o neither_o do_v they_o ever_o use_v any_o ceremony_n near_o it_o as_o many_o in_o the_o east_n have_v do_v but_o what_o reason_n of_o conjecture_n be_v there_o in_o this_o see_v the_o jew_n be_v so_o careful_a to_o preserve_v their_o language_n and_o antiquity_n so_o as_o in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n they_o differ_v and_o be_v know_v from_o other_o and_o yet_o at_o the_o indies_n alone_o they_o have_v forget_v their_o lineage_n their_o law_n their_o ceremony_n their_o messiah_n and_o final_o their_o whole_a judaism_n and_o whereas_o they_o say_v the_o indian_n be_v fearful_a coward_n superstitious_a and_o subtle_a in_o lie_v for_o the_o first_o it_o be_v not_o common_a to_o all_o there_o be_v some_o nation_n among_o the_o barbarian_n free_a from_o these_o vice_n there_o be_v some_o valiant_a and_o hardy_a there_o be_v some_o blunt_a and_o dull_a of_o understanding_n as_o for_o ceremony_n and_o superstition_n the_o heathen_a have_v always_o use_v they_o much_o the_o manner_n of_o habit_n describe_v which_o they_o use_v be_v the_o plain_a and_o most_o simple_a in_o the_o world_n without_o art_n the_o which_o have_v be_v common_a not_o only_o to_o the_o hebrew_n but_o to_o all_o other_o nation_n see_v that_o the_o very_a history_n of_o esdras_n if_o we_o shall_v believe_v the_o scripture_n that_o be_v apocrypha_fw-la make_v more_o against_o they_o then_o for_o their_o purpose_n for_o he_o say_v in_o that_o place_n that_o the_o ten_o tribe_n go_v from_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o heathen_a to_o keep_v their_o faith_n and_o ceremony_n and_o we_o see_v the_o indian_n give_v to_o all_o the_o idolatry_n in_o the_o world_n and_o those_o which_o hold_v this_o opinion_n see_v well_o if_o the_o entry_n of_o the_o river_n euphrates_n stretch_v to_o the_o indies_n and_o whether_o it_o be_v necessary_a for_o the_o indies_n to_o repass_v that_o way_n as_o it_o be_v write_v beside_o i_o know_v not_o how_o you_o can_v name_v they_o peaceable_a see_v they_o be_v always_o in_o war_n among_o themselves_o to_o conclude_v i_o can_v see_v how_o that_o euphrates_n in_o esdras_n apocrypha_fw-la shall_v be_v a_o more_o convenient_a passage_n to_o go_v to_o the_o new_a world_n than_o the_o enchant_a &_o fabulous_a atlantike_a island_n of_o plato_n the_o reason_n why_o we_o can_v find_v no_o beginning_n of_o the_o indian_n chap._n 24._o it_o be_v easy_a to_o refute_v and_o contradict_v the_o false_a opinion_n conceyve_v of_o the_o original_a of_o the_o indian_n then_o to_o set_v down_o a_o true_a and_o certain_a resolution_n for_o that_o there_o be_v no_o writing_n among_o the_o indian_n nor_o any_o certain_a remembrance_n of_o their_o founder_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o mention_n make_v of_o this_o new_a world_n in_o their_o book_n that_o have_v knowledge_n of_o letter_n our_o ancient_n hold_v that_o in_o those_o part_n there_o be_v neither_o man_n land_n nor_o heaven_n so_o as_o he_o shall_v seem_v rash_a and_o presumptuous_a that_o shall_v think_v to_o discover_v the_o first_o beginning_n of_o the_o indian_n but_o we_o may_v judge_v a_o far_o off_o by_o the_o former_a discourse_n that_o these_o indian_n come_v by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o this_o new_a world_n and_o that_o by_o the_o help_n and_o mean_n of_o the_o nearness_n of_o land_n or_o by_o some_o navigation_n the_o which_o seem_v to_o i_o the_o mean_n whereby_o they_o come_v and_o not_o that_o they_o prepare_v any_o army_n to_o go_v thither_o of_o purpose_n neither_o that_o they_o have_v be_v carry_v thither_o by_o any_o shipwreck_n or_o tempest_n although_o some_o of_o these_o thing_n may_v chance_v in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n for_o these_o region_n be_v so_o great_a as_o they_o contain_v nation_n without_o number_n we_o may_v believe_v that_o some_o come_v to_o inhabit_v after_o one_o sort_n and_o some_o after_o a_o other_o but_o in_o the_o end_n i_o resolve_v upon_o this_o point_n that_o the_o true_a and_o principal_a cause_n to_o people_n the_o indies_n be_v that_o the_o land_n and_o limit_n thereof_o be_v join_v and_o continue_v in_o some_o extremity_n of_o the_o world_n or_o at_o the_o least_o be_v very_o near_o and_o i_o believe_v it_o be_v not_o many_o thousand_o year_n past_a since_o man_n first_o inhabit_v this_o new_a world_n and_o west_n indies_n and_o that_o the_o first_o man_n that_o enter_v be_v rather_o savage_a man_n and_o hunter_n then_o breed_v up_o in_o civil_a and_o well_o govern_v commonweal_n and_o that_o they_o come_v to_o this_o new_a world_n have_v lose_v their_o own_o land_n or_o be_v in_o too_o great_a number_n they_o be_v force_v of_o necessity_n to_o seek_v some_o other_o habitation_n the_o which_o have_v find_v they_o begin_v by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o plant_v have_v no_o other_o law_n but_o some_o instinct_n of_o nature_n and_o that_o very_o dark_a and_o some_o custom_n remain_v of_o their_o first_o country_n and_o although_o they_o come_v from_o country_n well_o govern_v yet_o be_v it_o not_o incredible_a to_o think_v that_o they_o have_v forget_v all_o through_o the_o tract_n of_o time_n and_o want_n of_o use_n see_v that_o in_o spain_n and_o italy_n we_o find_v company_n of_o man_n which_o have_v nothing_o but_o the_o shape_n and_o countenance_n only_o whereby_o we_o may_v conjecture_v in_o what_o sort_n this_o new_a world_n grow_v so_o barbarous_a and_o uncivil_a what_o the_o indian_n report_n of_o their_o beginning_n chap._n 25._o it_o be_v no_o matter_n of_o any_o great_a importance_n to_o know_v what_o the_o indian_n themselves_o report_v of_o their_o beginning_n be_v more_o like_a unto_o dream_n then_o to_o true_a hiries_n â—hey_n make_v great_a mention_n of_o a_o deluge_n happen_v in_o their_o country_n but_o we_o can_v well_o judge_v if_o this_o deluge_n be_v universal_a whereof_o the_o scripture_n make_v mention_v or_o some_o particular_a inundation_n of_o those_o region_n where_o they_o be_v some_o expert_a man_n say_v that_o in_o those_o country_n be_v many_o notable_a sign_n of_o some_o great_a inundation_n and_o i_o be_o of_o their_o opinion_n which_o think_v that_o these_o mark_n and_o show_n of_o a_o deluge_n be_v not_o that_o of_o noah_n but_o some_o other_o particular_a as_o that_o which_o plato_n speak_v of_o or_o deucalion_n flood_n which_o the_o poet_n sing_v of_o whatsoever_o it_o be_v the_o indian_n say_v that_o all_o man_n be_v drown_v in_o this_o deluge_n and_o they_o report_v that_o out_o of_o the_o great_a lake_n titicaca_fw-la come_v one_o viracocha_n which_o stay_v in_o tiaguanaco_n where_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v to_o be_v see_v the_o ruin_n of_o ancient_a and_o very_a strange_a building_n and_o from_o thence_o come_v to_o cusco_n and_o so_o begin_v mankind_n to_o multiply_v they_o show_v in_o the_o same_o island_n a_o small_a lake_n where_o they_o fain_o that_o the_o sun_n hide_v himself_o and_o so_o be_v preserve_v and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o make_v great_a sacrifice_n unto_o he_o in_o that_o place_n both_o of_o sheep_n and_o man_n other_o report_v that_o six_o or_o i_o know_v not_o what_o number_n of_o man_n come_v out_o of_o a_o certain_a cave_n by_o a_o window_n by_o who_o man_n first_o begin_v to_o multiply_v and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o call_v they_o pacaritampo_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o the_o tambos_fw-mi be_v the_o most_o ancient_a race_n of_o man_n they_o say_v also_o that_o mango_n capa_fw-la who_o they_o acknowledge_v for_o the_o founder_n and_o chief_a of_o their_o inguas_fw-la be_v issue_v of_o that_o race_n and_o that_o from_o he_o spring_v two_o family_n or_o lineage_n the_o one_o of_o havan_n cusco_n the_o other_o of_o vrni_n cusco_n they_o say_v moreover_o that_o when_o the_o king_n inguas_fw-la attempt_v war_n and_o conquer_a sundry_a province_n they_o give_v a_o colour_n and_o make_v a_o pretext_n of_o their_o enterprise_n say_v that_o all_o the_o world_n ought_v to_o acknowledge_v they_o for_o that_o all_o the_o world_n be_v renew_a by_o their_o race_n and_o country_n and_o also_o that_o the_o true_a religion_n have_v be_v reveil_v to_o they_o from_o heaven_n but_o what_o avail_v it_o to_o speak_v more_o see_v that_o all_o be_v full_a of_o lie_n and_o vanity_n and_o far_o from_o reason_n some_o learned_a man_n write_v that_o all_o which_o the_o indian_n make_v mention_n of_o be_v not_o above_o 400._o year_n old_a and_o whatsoever_o they_o speak_v of_o former_a age_n be_v but_o a_o confusion_n full_a of_o obscurity_n wherein_o we_o find_v no_o truth_n the_o which_o may_v not_o seem_v strange_a they_o have_v no_o use_n of_o book_n or_o write_v in_o
and_o pleasant_a it_o be_v certain_a that_o we_o do_v not_o participate_v of_o any_o of_o the_o element_n nor_o have_v not_o the_o use_n of_o any_o so_o often_o in_o our_o body_n as_o of_o the_o air_n it_o be_v that_o which_o inviron_v our_o body_n on_o all_o part_n which_o enter_v into_o our_o bowel_n and_o at_o every_o instant_n visit_v the_o heart_n and_o there_o engrave_v her_o property_n if_o the_o air_n be_v any_o thing_n corrupt_v it_o cause_v death_n if_o it_o be_v pure_a and_o healthful_a it_o augment_v the_o strength_n final_o we_o may_v say_v that_o the_o air_n alone_o be_v the_o life_n of_o man_n so_o as_o although_o we_o have_v good_n and_o riches_n if_o the_o air_n be_v troublesome_a and_o unwholesome_a we_o can_v live_v quiet_o nor_o with_o content_a but_o if_o the_o air_n be_v healthful_a pleasant_a and_o sweet_a although_o we_o have_v no_o other_o wealth_n yet_o do_v it_o yield_v content_a consider_v with_o myself_o the_o please_a temperature_n of_o many_o country_n at_o the_o indies_n where_o they_o know_v not_o what_o winter_n be_v which_o by_o his_o cold_n do_v freeze_v they_o nor_o summer_n which_o do_v trouble_v they_o with_o heat_n but_o that_o with_o a_o matte_n they_o preserve_v themselves_o from_o the_o injury_n of_o all_o weather_n and_o where_o they_o scarce_o have_v any_o need_n to_o change_v their_o garment_n throughout_o the_o year_n i_o say_v that_o often_o consider_v of_o this_o i_o find_v that_o if_o man_n at_o this_o day_n will_v vanquish_v their_o passion_n and_o free_v themselves_o from_o the_o snare_n of_o covetousness_n leave_v many_o fruitless_a and_o pernicious_a disseine_n without_o doubt_n they_o may_v live_v at_o the_o indies_n very_o pleasant_a and_o happy_o for_o that_o which_o other_o poet_n sing_v of_o the_o elisean_a field_n and_o of_o the_o famous_a tempe_n or_o that_o which_o plato_n report_v or_o feign_v of_o his_o atlantike_a island_n man_n shall_v find_v in_o these_o land_n if_o with_o a_o generous_a spirit_n they_o will_v choose_v rather_o to_o command_v their_o silver_n and_o their_o desire_n then_o to_o remain_v slave_n as_o they_o be_v that_o which_o we_o have_v hitherto_o discourse_v shall_v suffice_v touch_v the_o quality_n of_o the_o equinoctial_a of_o cold_a heat_n drought_n rain_n and_o the_o cause_n of_o temperature_n the_o particular_a discourse_n of_o wind_n water_n land_n metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n at_o the_o indies_n shall_v remain_v for_o the_o other_o book_n for_o the_o difficulty_n of_o that_o which_o be_v handle_v in_o this_o though_o brief_o will_v happy_o seem_v too_o tedious_a a_o advertisement_n to_o the_o reader_n the_o reader_n must_v understand_v that_o i_o write_v the_o two_o first_o book_n in_o latin_a when_o i_o be_v at_o peru_n and_o therefore_o they_o speak_v of_o matter_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o of_o thing_n present_a be_v since_o return_v into_o spain_n i_o think_v good_a to_o translate_v they_o into_o our_o vulgar_a tongue_n and_o not_o to_o change_v my_o former_a manner_n of_o speeach_n but_o in_o the_o five_o follow_a book_n for_o that_o i_o make_v they_o in_o europe_n i_o have_v be_v force_v to_o change_v my_o stile_n and_o therein_o to_o treat_v of_o matter_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o of_o country_n and_o thing_n absent_a and_o for_o that_o this_o diversity_n of_o speech_n may_v with_o reason_n offend_v the_o reader_n i_o have_v think_v good_a to_o advertise_v he_o thereof_o the_o three_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n that_o the_o natural_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n be_v pleasant_a and_o agreeable_a chap._n 1._o every_o natural_a history_n be_v of_o itself_o please_v &_o very_o profitable_a to_o such_o as_o will_v raise_v up_o their_o discourse_n and_o contemplation_n on_o high_a in_o that_o it_o do_v move_v they_o to_o glorify_v the_o author_n of_o all_o nature_n as_o we_o sea_n the_o wise_a &_o holy_a man_n do_v 28.39_o special_o david_n in_o many_o psalm_n and_o job_n likewise_o treat_v of_o the_o secret_n of_o the_o creator_n whereas_o the_o same_o lord_n answer_v job_n so_o ample_o he_o that_o take_v delight_n to_o understand_v the_o wondrous_a work_n of_o nature_n shall_v taste_v the_o true_a pleasure_n &_o content_v of_o history_n &_o the_o more_o whenas_o he_o shall_v know_v they_o be_v not_o the_o simple_a work_n of_o man_n but_o of_o the_o creator_n himself_o &_o that_o he_o shall_v comprehend_v the_o natural_a cause_n of_o these_o work_n then_o shall_v he_o true_o occupy_v himself_o in_o the_o study_n of_o philosophy_n but_o he_o that_o shall_v raise_v his_o consideration_n high_o behold_v the_o great_a &_o first_o architect_n of_o all_o these_o marvell_n he_o shall_v know_v his_o wisdom_n and_o infinite_a greatness_n and_o we_o may_v say_v shall_v be_v divine_o employ_v and_o so_o the_o discourse_n of_o natural_a thing_n may_v serve_v for_o many_o good_a consideration_n although_o the_o feebleness_n and_o weakness_n of_o many_o appetite_n be_v common_o accustom_v to_o stay_v at_o thing_n less_o profitable_a which_o be_v the_o desire_n to_o know_v new_a thing_n call_v curiosity_n the_o discourse_n and_o history_n of_o natural_a thing_n at_o the_o indies_n beside_o the_o common_a content_n it_o give_v have_v yet_o another_o benefit_n which_o be_v to_o treat_v of_o thing_n a_o far_o off_o the_o great_a part_n whereof_o be_v unknown_a to_o the_o most_o excellent_a author_n of_o that_o profession_n which_o have_v be_v among_o the_o ancient_n and_o if_o we_o shall_v write_v these_o natural_a thing_n of_o the_o indies_n so_o ample_o as_o they_o require_v be_v so_o strange_a i_o doubt_v not_o but_o we_o may_v compile_v workse_v no_o less_o than_o those_o of_o pliny_n theophrastes_n and_o aristotle_n but_o i_o hold_v not_o myself_o sufficient_a and_o although_o i_o be_v yet_o be_v not_o my_o intent_n but_o to_o note_v some_o natural_a thing_n which_o i_o have_v see_v and_o know_v be_v at_o the_o indies_n or_o have_v receive_v from_o man_n worthy_a of_o credit_n the_o which_o seem_v rare_a to_o i_o and_o scarce_o know_v in_o europe_n by_o reason_n whereof_o i_o will_v pass_v over_o many_o of_o they_o brief_o either_o because_o they_o be_v write_v of_o by_o other_o or_o else_o require_v a_o long_a discourse_n than_o i_o can_v now_o give_v of_o the_o wind_n their_o difference_n property_n and_o cause_n in_o general_n chap._n 2._o have_v discourse_v in_o the_o two_o former_a book_n of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o heaven_n and_o the_o habitation_n of_o the_o indies_n in_o general_a it_o behoove_v â—s_a now_o to_o treat_v of_o the_o three_o element_n air_n water_n and_o land_n and_o their_o compound_n which_o be_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n for_o as_o for_o the_o fire_n i_o see_v no_o special_a matter_n at_o the_o indies_n which_o be_v not_o in_o other_o region_n unless_o some_o will_v say_v that_o the_o manner_n to_o strike_v fire_n in_o rub_v two_o stone_n one_o against_o another_o as_o some_o indian_n use_n or_o to_o boil_v any_o thing_n in_o gourd_n cast_v a_o burn_a stone_n into_o it_o and_o other_o such_o like_a thing_n be_v remarkable_a whereof_o i_o have_v write_v what_o may_v be_v speak_v but_o of_o those_o which_o be_v in_o the_o vulcan_n and_o mouth_n of_o fire_n at_o the_o indies_n worthy_a doubtless_o to_o be_v observe_v i_o will_v speak_v in_o their_o order_n treat_v of_o the_o diversity_n of_o ground_n whereas_o they_o find_v these_o fire_n or_o vulcan_n therefore_o to_o begin_v with_o the_o wind_n i_o say_v that_o with_o good_a reason_n solomon_n in_o the_o great_a judgement_n which_o god_n have_v give_v he_o esteem_v much_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o their_o property_n be_v very_o admirable_a for_o that_o some_o be_v moist_a other_o dry_a some_o unwholesome_a other_o find_v some_o hot_a other_o cold_a some_o calm_a and_o pleasant_a other_o rough_a and_o tempestuous_a some_o barren_a and_o other_o fertile_a with_o infinite_a other_o difference_n there_o be_v some_o wind_n which_o blow_v in_o certain_a region_n and_o be_v as_o it_o be_v lord_n thereof_o not_o addmit_v any_o entry_n or_o communication_n of_o their_o contrary_n in_o some_o part_n they_o blow_v in_o that_o sort_n as_o sometime_o they_o be_v conqueror_n sometime_o conquer_v often_o there_o be_v divers_a and_o contrary_a wind_n which_o do_v run_v together_o at_o one_o instant_a divide_v the_o way_n betwixt_o they_o sometime_o one_o blow_v above_o of_o one_o sort_n and_o another_o below_o of_o a_o other_o sort_n sometime_o they_o encounter_v violent_o one_o with_o another_o which_o put_v they_o at_o sea_n in_o great_a danger_n there_o be_v some_o wind_n which_o help_v to_o the_o generation_n of_o creature_n and_o other_o that_o hinder_v and_o be_v opposite_a there_o be_v a_o certain_a wind_n of_o such_o
therewith_o and_o with_o some_o other_o discontent_n discover_v this_o secret_a unto_o his_o master_n call_v villaroel_n a_o spaniard_n who_o then_o remain_v at_o porco_n this_o villaroel_n desirous_a to_o understand_v the_o truth_n go_v to_o potozi_n &_o find_v the_o riches_n his_o yanacona_n or_o servant_n have_v discover_v unto_o he_o cause_v the_o indian_a guanca_n to_o be_v enrol_v undertake_v with_o he_o the_o say_a vein_n which_o be_v call_v centeno_n they_o call_v it_o undertake_v that_o be_v as_o much_o as_o to_o note_v and_o mark_v the_o i_o and_o so_o much_o ground_n in_o circuit_n for_o he_o which_o the_o law_n grant_n unto_o those_o that_o discover_v any_o mine_n or_o unto_o those_o that_o dig_v they_o by_o mean_n whereof_o have_v discover_v they_o to_o the_o justice_n they_o remain_v lord_n of_o the_o i_o to_o dig_v and_o draw_v forth_o the_o silver_n as_o be_v their_o own_o pay_v only_o their_o duty_n unto_o the_o king_n which_o be_v a_o five_o part_n so_o as_o the_o first_o discovery_n and_o inregistr_n of_o the_o mine_n of_o potozi_n be_v the_o 21._o of_o april_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o forty_o five_o in_o the_o territory_n of_o porco_n by_o the_o say_a villaroel_n a_o spaniard_n and_o guanâ—a_n a_o indian_a present_o after_o they_o discover_v another_o vein_n which_o they_o call_v the_o vein_n of_o tin_n the_o which_o be_v very_o rich_a although_o it_o be_v rough_a and_o very_a painful_a to_o work_v in_o the_o mettle_n be_v as_o hard_o as_o slint_n since_o the_o thirty_o day_n of_o august_n in_o the_o same_o year_n of_o a_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o forty_o and_o five_o the_o vein_n call_v mendieta_n be_v enrol_v and_o these_o be_v the_o four_o principal_a vein_n of_o potozi_n they_o say_v of_o the_o rich_a vein_n the_o first_o that_o be_v discover_v that_o the_o metal_n lie_v above_o the_o ground_n the_o height_n of_o a_o lance_n like_v unto_o rock_n raise_v the_o superficies_n of_o the_o earth_n like_v unto_o a_o crest_n of_o three_o hundred_o foot_n long_o and_o thirteen_o foot_n broad_a and_o that_o this_o remain_v bare_a &_o uncover_v by_o the_o deluge_n this_o vein_n have_v resist_v the_o violence_n and_o force_n of_o the_o water_n as_o the_o hard_a part_n the_o mettle_n be_v so_o rich_a as_o it_o be_v half_a silver_n and_o this_o vein_n continue_v in_o his_o bounty_n fifty_o or_o three_o score_n stade_n which_o be_v the_o height_n of_o a_o man_n and_o then_o it_o fail_v in_o this_o manner_n the_o mine_n of_o potozi_n be_v discover_v by_o the_o divine_a providence_n who_o for_o the_o felicity_n of_o spain_n will_v have_v the_o great_a treasure_n that_o ever_o be_v in_o this_o world_n discover_v at_o such_o time_n whenas_o the_o emperor_n charles_n the_o five_o of_o famous_a memory_n hold_v the_o empire_n the_o kingdom_n of_o spain_n and_o the_o signiory_n of_o the_o indies_n present_o after_o that_o the_o discovery_n of_o potozi_n be_v know_v in_o peru_n many_o spaniard_n and_o the_o most_o part_n of_o the_o bourgeois_n of_o the_o silver_n city_n which_o be_v eighteen_o league_n from_o potozi_n come_v thither_o to_o take_v mine_n yea_o there_o come_v many_o indian_n from_o divers_a province_n especial_o than_o guayzadore_v of_o porco_n so_o as_o within_o a_o short_a space_n it_o be_v the_o best_a people_a habitation_n of_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o treasure_n which_o be_v daily_o draw_v from_o the_o rock_n or_o mountain_n of_o potozi_n chap._n 7._o i_o have_v often_o doubt_v if_o in_o ancient_a history_n there_o be_v find_v any_o so_o rich_a mine_n as_o those_o we_o have_v see_v in_o our_o time_n in_o peru._n if_o there_o be_v ever_o rich_a mine_n in_o the_o world_n and_o famous_a for_o this_o effect_n they_o have_v be_v those_o of_o spain_n which_o they_o of_o cartbage_n do_v enjoy_v and_o since_o the_o roman_n the_o which_o as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v not_o only_o famous_a and_o esteem_v in_o profane_a book_n but_o also_o in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n he_o that_o make_v most_o particular_a mention_n of_o these_o mine_n at_o the_o least_o that_o i_o have_v see_v be_v pliny_n 6_o who_o write_v thus_o in_o his_o natural_a history_n they_o find_v silver_n almost_o in_o all_o province_n but_o that_o of_o spain_n be_v the_o best_a which_o grow_v and_o engender_v in_o a_o barren_a soil_n upon_o mountain_n and_o rock_n it_o be_v a_o certain_a and_o infallible_a thing_n that_o in_o place_n where_o they_o have_v once_o discover_v any_o of_o these_o vein_n there_o be_v other_o not_o far_o off_o which_o be_v likewise_o find_v in_o all_o other_o metal_n and_o for_o this_o the_o greek_n in_o my_o opinion_n call_v they_o metal_n it_o be_v strange_a that_o the_o pit_n or_o hole_n of_o these_o mine_n of_o spain_n the_o which_o they_o begin_v to_o dig_v in_o hannibal_n time_n be_v at_o this_o day_n and_o hold_v the_o name_n of_o their_o discoverer_n among_o these_o mine_n that_o which_o bebello_n discover_v which_o hold_v his_o name_n unto_o this_o day_n be_v very_o famous_a and_o they_o say_v it_o yield_v so_o great_a riches_n to_o hannibal_n that_o euâ—rie_o day_n they_o gather_v three_o hundred_o pound_n weight_n of_o silver_n and_o unto_o this_o day_n they_o have_v always_o continue_v labour_v in_o this_o mine_n so_o as_o it_o be_v now_o dig_v 15._o hundred_o pase_n deep_a into_o the_o mountain_n out_o of_o which_o pit_n notwithstanding_o the_o depth_n the_o gaskin_n that_o labour_v in_o they_o draw_v out_o the_o water_n that_o they_o may_v work_v with_o more_o ease_n while_o their_o candelle_n and_o light_n last_o châ—onograph_n and_o that_o in_o such_o abundance_n as_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o river_n hitherto_o be_v the_o word_n of_o pliny_n the_o which_o i_o will_v set_v down_o word_n by_o word_n the_o better_a to_o content_v such_o as_o know_v what_o mine_n be_v see_v that_o what_o be_v try_v at_o this_o day_n be_v then_o in_o use_n and_o true_o the_o riches_n of_o this_o mine_n of_o hannibal_n upon_o the_o pirrenean_n hill_n be_v great_a and_o famous_a which_o the_o roman_n possess_v have_v continue_v the_o work_n even_o unto_o pliny_n time_n which_o be_v about_o three_o hundred_o year_n the_o depth_n of_o this_o mine_n be_v fifteen_o hundred_o pase_n which_o be_v a_o mile_n and_o a_o half_a and_o it_o be_v so_o rich_a in_o the_o beginning_n that_o it_o be_v worth_a daily_o to_o the_o master_n thereof_o three_o hundred_o pound_n at_o twelve_o ounce_n to_o the_o pound_n but_o although_o this_o be_v a_o great_a treasure_n it_o do_v not_o approach_v near_o to_o that_o which_o in_o our_o time_n have_v be_v find_v in_o potozi_n for_o as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o register_n of_o the_o house_n of_o contraction_n of_o that_o province_n and_o as_o many_o ancient_a man_n worthy_a of_o credit_n do_v testify_v whenas_o the_o licentiate_a pollo_n govern_v that_o province_n the_o which_o be_v many_o year_n after_o the_o discovery_n of_o this_o mountain_n they_o do_v every_o saturday_n enter_v a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o and_o two_o hundred_o thousand_o piece_n whereof_o the_o king_n five_o amount_v to_o thirty_o and_o forty_o thousand_o piece_n and_o for_o every_o year_n a_o million_o and_o a_o half_a or_o little_o less_o so_o as_o according_a to_o that_o computation_n they_o do_v draw_v every_o day_n from_o this_o my_o thirty_o thousand_o piece_n part_n whereof_o there_o come_v to_o the_o king_n for_o his_o five_o six_o thousand_o piece_n a_o day_n there_o be_v yet_o another_o thing_n to_o be_v speak_v of_o to_o show_v the_o riches_n of_o potozi_n that_o the_o account_n which_o have_v be_v make_v be_v only_o of_o silver_n that_o be_v mark_v and_o custom_a and_o it_o be_v well_o know_v in_o peru_n that_o they_o have_v long_o use_v silver_n in_o these_o realm_n which_o they_o call_v currant_n which_o be_v neither_o mark_v nor_o custom_v and_o they_o hold_v it_o for_o certain_a which_o know_v these_o mine_n that_o in_o these_o day_n the_o great_a part_n of_o silver_n draw_v at_o potozi_n be_v not_o custom_v and_o this_o have_v course_n amongst_o the_o indian_n and_o much_o among_o the_o spaniard_n as_o i_o have_v see_v continue_v to_o mytime_n so_o as_o it_o may_v appear_v the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o riches_n of_o potozi_n yea_o the_o one_o half_o come_v not_o to_o light_v neither_o be_v it_o custom_v there_o be_v yet_o a_o more_o notable_a consideration_n in_o that_o which_o pliny_n say_v they_o have_v dig_v a_o fifteen_o hundred_o pase_n in_o this_o mine_n of_o bebellâ—_n and_o that_o continual_o they_o find_v water_n which_o be_v the_o great_a hindrance_n they_o have_v to_o draw_v forth_o their_o mettle_n but_o in_o this_o of_o potozi_n although_o they_o have_v dig_v two_o hundred_o stade_n or_o height_n of_o
soccabon_n contain_v from_o his_o mouth_n unto_o the_o vein_n of_o crusero_n as_o they_o call_v it_o 250._o yard_n in_o which_o work_n be_v spend_v twenty_o nine_o year_n whereby_o we_o may_v see_v what_o great_a pain_n man_n take_v to_o draw_v silver_n out_o of_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n they_o labour_v in_o these_o mine_n in_o continual_a darkness_n and_o obscurity_n without_o knowledge_n of_o day_n or_o night_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o those_o place_n be_v never_o visit_v with_o the_o sun_n there_o be_v not_o only_o continual_a darkness_n but_o also_o a_o extreme_a cold_a with_o so_o gross_a a_o air_n contrary_a to_o the_o disposition_n of_o man_n so_o as_o such_o as_o new_o enter_v be_v sick_a as_o they_o at_o sea_n the_o which_o happen_v to_o i_o in_o one_o of_o these_o mine_n where_o i_o feel_v a_o pain_n at_o the_o heart_n and_o beat_v of_o the_o stomach_n those_o that_o labour_v therein_o use_v candle_n to_o light_v they_o divide_v their_o work_n in_o such_o sort_n as_o they_o that_o work_v in_o the_o day_n rest_n by_o the_o night_n and_o so_o they_o change_v the_o mettle_n be_v common_o hard_a and_o therefore_o they_o break_v it_o with_o hammer_n split_v and_o hew_v it_o by_o force_n as_o if_o they_o be_v saint_n after_o they_o carry_v up_o this_o mettle_n upon_o their_o shoulder_n by_o ladder_n of_o three_o branch_n make_v of_o neat_n leather_n twist_v like_o piece_n of_o wood_n which_o be_v cross_v with_o staff_n of_o wood_n so_o as_o by_o every_o one_o of_o these_o ladder_n they_o mount_v and_o descend_v together_o they_o be_v ten_o stade_n long_o a_o piece_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o one_o begin_v another_o of_o the_o same_o length_n every_o ladder_n beginning_n and_o end_v at_o platform_n of_o wood_n where_o there_o be_v seat_n to_o rest_v they_o like_v unto_o gallery_n for_o that_o there_o be_v many_o of_o these_o ladder_n to_o mount_v by_o one_o at_o the_o end_n of_o another_o a_o man_n carry_v ordinary_o the_o weight_n of_o two_o arrobe_n of_o mettle_n upon_o his_o shoulder_n pound_n tie_v together_o in_o a_o cloth_n in_o manner_n of_o a_o skip_v and_o so_o mount_v they_o three_o and_o three_o he_o that_o go_v before_o carry_v a_o candle_n tie_v to_o his_o thumb_n for_o as_o it_o be_v say_v they_o have_v no_o light_n from_o heaven_n and_o so_o go_v they_o up_o the_o ladder_n hold_v it_o with_o both_o their_o hand_n to_o mount_v so_o great_a a_o height_n which_o common_o be_v above_o a_o hundred_o &_o fifty_o stade_n a_o fearful_a thing_n and_o which_o breed_v a_o amazement_n to_o think_v upon_o it_o so_o great_a be_v the_o desire_n of_o silver_n that_o for_o the_o gain_n thereof_o man_n endure_v any_o pain_n and_o true_o it_o be_v not_o without_o reason_n that_o pliny_n treat_v of_o this_o subject_n exclaim_n and_o say_v thus_o we_o enter_v even_o into_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n 6._o and_o go_v hunt_v after_o riches_n even_o to_o the_o place_n of_o the_o damn_a and_o after_o in_o the_o same_o book_n he_o say_v those_o that_o seek_v for_o metal_n perform_v work_n more_o than_o giant_n make_v hole_n and_o cave_n in_o the_o depth_n of_o the_o earth_n pierce_v mountain_n so_o deep_a by_o the_o light_n of_o candle_n whereas_o the_o day_n and_o the_o night_n be_v alike_o and_o in_o many_o month_n they_o see_v no_o day_n so_o as_o often_o the_o wall_n of_o their_o mine_n fall_v smother_a many_o of_o they_o that_o labour_v therein_o and_o afterwards_o he_o add_v they_o pierce_v the_o hard_a rock_n with_o hammer_n of_o iron_n weigh_v 150_o pound_n and_o draw_v out_o the_o mettle_n upon_o their_o shoulder_n labour_v day_n and_o night_n one_o deliver_v his_o charge_n to_o another_o and_o all_o in_o darkness_n only_o the_o last_o see_v the_o light_n with_o wedge_n and_o hammer_n they_o break_v the_o flinte_n how_o hard_a and_o strong_a soever_o for_o the_o hunger_n of_o gold_n be_v yet_o more_o sharp_a and_o strong_a this_o pliny_n say_v who_o although_o he_o speak_v as_o a_o historiographer_n of_o that_o age_n yet_o do_v he_o seem_v to_o prophesy_v of_o this_o time_n neither_o be_v it_o less_o which_o photion_n of_o agatharchides_n report_v of_o the_o great_a travel_n they_o endure_v who_o they_o call_v chrysios_n in_o draw_v out_o of_o gold_n for_o as_o the_o say_a author_n say_v gold_n and_o silver_n be_v as_o painful_a to_o dig_v and_o draw_v forth_o as_o they_o be_v please_v to_o possess_v how_o they_o refine_v the_o mettle_n of_o silver_n chap._n 9_o the_o vein_n as_o i_o have_v say_v where_o they_o find_v silver_n run_v betwixt_o two_o rock_n which_o they_o call_v the_o chase_n whereof_o the_o one_o be_v common_o as_o hard_a as_o flint_n and_o the_o other_o soft_a and_o easy_a to_o break_v this_o mettle_n be_v not_o always_o equal_a and_o of_o the_o same_o bounty_n for_o you_o shall_v find_v in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o vein_n one_o sort_n of_o mettle_n very_o rich_a which_o they_o call_v câ—cilla_n or_o tacana_n from_o which_o they_o draw_v much_o silver_n and_o another_o be_v poor_a from_o whence_o they_o draw_v little_a the_o most_o rich_a mettle_n of_o this_o mountain_n be_v of_o the_o colour_n of_o amber_n and_o the_o next_o be_v that_o which_o incline_v to_o black_a there_o be_v other_o somewhat_o red_a and_o other_o of_o the_o colour_n of_o ash_n final_o of_o divers_a and_o sundry_a colour_n which_o seem_v to_o such_o as_o know_v they_o not_o to_o be_v stone_n of_o no_o value_n but_o the_o miner_n do_v present_o know_v his_o quality_n and_o perfection_n by_o certain_a sign_n and_o small_a vein_n they_o find_v in_o they_o they_o carry_v all_o this_o mettle_n they_o draw_v out_o of_o these_o mine_n upon_o indian_a sheep_n which_o serve_v they_o as_o ass_n to_o carry_v it_o to_o the_o mill_n the_o rich_a mettle_n be_v refine_v by_o melt_v in_o those_o small_a furnace_n which_o they_o call_v guayraâ—_n for_o that_o be_v most_o leadie_a by_o reason_n whereof_o it_o be_v most_o subject_a to_o melt_v &_o for_o the_o better_a melt_a thereof_o the_o indian_n cast_v in_o a_o matter_n they_o call_v soroche_n which_o be_v a_o metal_n full_a of_o lead_n the_o metal_n be_v in_o these_o furnace_n the_o filth_n and_o earthy_a dross_n through_o the_o force_n of_o the_o fire_n remain_v in_o the_o bottom_n and_o the_o silver_n and_o lead_n melt_v so_o as_o the_o silver_n swim_v upon_o the_o lead_n until_o it_o be_v purify_v then_o after_o they_o refine_v the_o silver_n many_o time_n after_o this_o manner_n of_o melt_a they_o have_v usual_o draw_v out_o of_o one_o quintall_a of_o mettle_n thirty_o forty_o and_o fifty_o piece_n of_o silver_n and_o yet_o i_o have_v see_v some_o most_o excellent_a that_o have_v be_v show_v i_o where_o they_o have_v draw_v in_o the_o melt_a two_o hundred_o yea_o two_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o piece_n of_o silver_n of_o a_o quintall_a of_o mettle_n a_o rare_a wealth_n and_o almost_o incredible_a if_o we_o have_v not_o see_v the_o trial_n thereof_o by_o fire_n but_o such_o metal_n be_v very_o rare_a the_o poor_a mettle_n be_v that_o which_o yield_v two_o three_o five_o or_o six_o piece_n or_o little_o more_o this_o mettle_n have_v common_o little_a lead_n but_o be_v dry_a and_o therefore_o they_o can_v refine_v it_o with_o fire_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n in_o potozi_n there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o these_o poor_a metal_n whereof_o they_o make_v no_o great_a account_n but_o be_v reject_v like_o straw_n and_o as_o the_o scum_n of_o the_o good_a mettle_n until_o they_o find_v mean_n to_o refine_v it_o by_o quickesilver_n whereby_o the_o scum_n they_o call_v oquiache_n be_v of_o great_a profit_n for_o the_o quickesilver_n by_o a_o strange_a and_o wonderful_a property_n purify_v the_o silver_n and_o be_v apt_a for_o these_o metal_n which_o be_v dry_a and_o poor_a wherein_o they_o consume_v less_o quickesilver_n then_o in_o the_o rich_a for_o the_o rich_a they_o be_v the_o more_o need_n of_o quickesilver_n they_o have_v at_o this_o day_n the_o most_o usual_a manner_n of_o refine_n in_o potozi_n be_v by_o quickesilver_n as_o also_o in_o the_o mine_n of_o cacatecas_n and_o other_o of_o new_a spain_n there_o be_v in_o old_a time_n upon_o the_o side_n and_o top_n of_o potozi_n above_o six_o thousand_o guayras_n which_o be_v small_a furnace_n where_o they_o melt_v their_o mettle_n the_o which_o be_v place_v like_o light_n a_o pleasant_a sight_n to_o behold_v by_o night_n cast_v a_o light_a a_o far_o off_o like_o a_o flame_n of_o fire_n but_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v not_o above_o two_o thousand_o for_o that_o as_o i_o have_v say_v they_o use_v little_o melt_v but_o refine_v it_o by_o quickesilver_n the_o which_o be_v the_o great_a profit_n and_o for_o that_o the_o
many_o place_n yea_o in_o many_o part_n there_o be_v raze_n find_v as_o good_a as_o the_o best_a in_o spain_n as_o well_o for_o pass_v of_o a_o carrier_n and_o for_o pomp_n as_o also_o for_o travel_v and_o therefore_o they_o use_v horse_n most_o common_o although_o there_o be_v no_o want_n of_o moil_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o especial_o where_o they_o make_v their_o carriage_n by_o land_n there_o be_v no_o great_a number_n of_o ass_n have_v no_o great_a use_n for_o they_o neither_o for_o travel_n nor_o service_n there_o be_v some_o few_o caâ—mells_n i_o have_v see_v some_o in_o peru_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o the_o canary_n and_o have_v multiply_v there_o alittle_o in_o s._n dominique_n dog_n have_v so_o multiply_v in_o number_n and_o bigness_n as_o at_o this_o day_n it_o be_v the_o scourge_n and_o affliction_n of_o that_o island_n for_o they_o eat_v the_o sheep_n and_o go_v in_o troop_n through_o the_o field_n such_o that_o kill_v they_o be_v reward_v like_o to_o they_o that_o kill_v woolve_n in_o spain_n at_o the_o first_o there_o be_v no_o dog_n at_o the_o indies_n but_o some_o beast_n like_v unto_o little_a dog_n the_o which_o the_o indian_n call_v alco_n and_o therefore_o they_o call_v all_o dog_n that_o go_v from_o spain_n by_o the_o same_o name_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o resemblance_n that_o be_v betwixt_o they_o the_o indian_n do_v so_o love_v these_o little_a dog_n that_o they_o will_v spare_v their_o meat_n to_o feed_v they_o so_o as_o when_o they_o travel_v in_o the_o country_n they_o carry_v they_o with_o they_o upon_o their_o shoulder_n or_o in_o their_o bosom_n and_o when_o they_o be_v sick_a they_o keep_v they_o with_o they_o without_o any_o use_n but_o only_o for_o company_n of_o some_o beast_n of_o europe_n which_o the_o spaniard_n find_v at_o the_o indies_n and_o how_o they_o shall_v pass_v thither_o chap._n 34._o it_o be_v certain_a that_o they_o have_v carry_v from_o spain_n all_o these_o beast_n whereof_o i_o have_v speak_v of_o which_o kind_n there_o be_v none_o at_o the_o indies_n when_o they_o be_v first_o discover_v about_o a_o hundred_o year_n since_o for_o beside_o that_o it_o may_v be_v well_o approve_v by_o witness_n at_o this_o day_n live_v it_o be_v also_o a_o sufficient_a argument_n to_o see_v that_o the_o indian_n in_o their_o tongue_n have_v no_o proper_a word_n to_o signify_v these_o beast_n but_o they_o use_v the_o same_o spanish_a name_n although_o they_o be_v corrupt_v for_o be_v ignorant_a of_o the_o thing_n they_o take_v the_o word_n common_a to_o those_o place_n from_o whence_o they_o come_v i_o have_v find_v this_o a_o good_a rule_n to_o discern_v what_o thing_n the_o indian_n have_v before_o the_o spaniard_n come_v there_o and_o what_o they_o have_v not_o for_o they_o give_v name_n to_o those_o they_o have_v and_o know_v before_o and_o have_v give_v new_a name_n to_o these_o that_o be_v new_o come_v unto_o they_o which_o common_o be_v the_o same_o spanish_a name_n although_o they_o pronounce_v they_o after_o their_o manner_n as_o for_o a_o horse_n wine_n and_o wheat_n they_o find_v of_o some_o sort_n of_o beast_n that_o be_v in_o europe_n &_o be_v not_o carry_v thither_o by_o the_o spaniard_n there_o be_v lion_n tiger_n bear_n boar_n fox_n and_o other_o fierce_a &_o wild_a beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v treat_v in_o the_o first_o book_n so_o as_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a they_o shall_v pass_v to_o the_o indies_n by_o sea_n be_v impossible_a to_o swim_v the_o ocean_n and_o it_o be_v a_o folly_n to_o imagine_v that_o man_n have_v embark_v they_o with_o they_o it_o follow_v therefore_o that_o this_o world_n join_v with_o the_o new_a in_o some_o part_n by_o which_o these_o beast_n may_v pass_v 6._o and_o so_o by_o little_a and_o little_o multiply_v this_o world_n the_o lion_n which_o i_o have_v see_v be_v not_o red_a neither_o have_v they_o such_o hair_n as_o they_o usual_o paint_v they_o with_o they_o be_v grey_a and_o not_o so_o furious_a as_o they_o seem_v in_o picture_n the_o indian_n assemble_v in_o troop_n to_o hunt_v the_o lion_n and_o make_v as_o it_o be_v a_o circle_n which_o they_o do_v call_v chaco_n wherewith_o they_o environ_v they_o and_o after_o they_o kill_v they_o with_o stone_n staves_z and_o other_o weapon_n these_o lion_n use_v to_o climb_v tree_n where_o be_v mount_v the_o indian_n kill_v they_o with_o lance_n and_o crossbows_z but_o more_o easy_o with_o harquebuss_n the_o tiger_n be_v more_o fierce_a and_o cruel_a and_o be_v more_o dangerous_a to_o meet_v because_o they_o break_v forth_o and_o assail_v man_n in_o treason_n they_o be_v spot_v as_o the_o historiographer_n describe_v they_o i_o have_v hear_v some_o report_n that_o these_o tiger_n be_v very_o fierce_a against_o the_o indian_n yet_o will_v they_o not_o adventure_v at_o all_o upon_o the_o spaniard_n or_o very_o little_a and_o that_o they_o will_v choose_v a_o indian_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o many_o spaniard_n and_o carry_v he_o away_o the_o bear_n which_o in_o cusco_n they_o call_v otoioncos_fw-la be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o we_o be_v and_o keep_v in_o the_o ground_n there_o be_v few_o swarm_n of_o bee_n for_o that_o their_o honniecombe_n be_v find_v in_o tree_n or_o under_o the_o ground_n and_o not_o in_o hive_n as_o in_o castille_n the_o honey_n comhe_n which_o i_o have_v see_v in_o the_o province_n of_o charcas_n which_o they_o call_v chiguanas_n be_v of_o a_o grey_a colour_n have_v little_a juice_n and_o be_v more_o like_a unto_o sweet_a straw_n than_o to_o honey_n comb_n they_o say_v the_o bee_n be_v little_a like_a unto_o fly_n and_o that_o they_o swarm_v under_o the_o earth_n the_o honey_n be_v sharp_a and_o black_a yet_o in_o some_o place_n there_o be_v better_a and_o the_o comb_v better_a fashion_v as_o in_o the_o province_n of_o tucuman_a in_o chille_n and_o in_o carthagene_n i_o have_v not_o see_v nor_o hear_v speakâ—_n of_o wild_a boar_n but_o of_o fox_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n that_o eat_v their_o cattle_n and_o foul_a there_o be_v more_o than_o their_o shepherd_n will_v willing_o have_v beside_o these_o beast_n that_o be_v furious_a and_o hurtful_a there_o be_v other_o that_o be_v profitable_a and_o have_v not_o be_v transport_v by_o the_o spaniard_n as_o stags_n and_o diere_z whereof_o there_o be_v groâ—t_a abundance_n in_o all_o the_o forest_n but_o the_o great_a part_n be_v a_o kind_n of_o diere_z without_o horn_n at_o the_o least_o i_o have_v never_o see_v nor_o hear_v speak_v of_o other_o and_o all_o be_v without_o horn_n like_v unto_o corcos_fw-la it_o seem_v not_o hard_a to_o believe_v but_o be_v almost_o certain_a that_o all_o these_o beast_n for_o their_o lightness_n and_o be_v natural_o wild_a have_v pass_v from_o one_o world_n to_o a_o other_o by_o some_o part_n where_o they_o join_v see_v that_o in_o the_o great_a land_n far_o from_o the_o main_a land_n i_o have_v not_o hear_v that_o there_o be_v any_o though_o i_o have_v make_v diligent_a inquiry_n of_o fowl_n which_o be_v here_o and_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n and_o how_o they_o can_v pass_v thither_o chap._n 35._o we_o may_v more_o easy_o believe_v the_o same_o of_o bird_n and_o that_o there_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o we_o have_v as_o partridge_n turtle_n pigeon_n stockdove_n quail_n and_o many_o sort_n of_o falcon_n which_o they_o send_v from_o new_a spain_n and_o peru_n to_o the_o nobleman_n of_o spain_n for_o they_o make_v great_a account_n of_o they_o there_o be_v also_o heron_n and_o eagle_n of_o diverse_a kind_n and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o these_o bird_n &_o such_o like_a have_v soon_o pass_v thither_o than_o lion_n tiger_n and_o stags_n there_o be_v likewise_o at_o the_o indies_n great_a number_n of_o parrot_n especial_o upon_o the_o andes_n of_o peru_n and_o in_o the_o land_n of_o port_n ricco_fw-it and_o saint_n dominique_n where_o they_o flee_v by_o flock_n as_o pigeon_n do_v here_o to_o conclude_v bird_n with_o their_o wing_n may_v go_v where_o they_o will_v and_o true_o many_o kind_n may_v well_o pass_v the_o gulf_n see_v it_o be_v certain_a as_o pliny_n affirm_v 23._o that_o there_o be_v many_o that_o pass_v the_o sea_n and_o go_v into_o strange_a region_n although_o i_o have_v not_o read_v that_o any_o fowl_n have_v pass_v by_o flight_n so_o great_a a_o gulf_n as_o be_v the_o indian_a ocean_n yet_o hold_v i_o it_o not_o altogether_o impossible_a see_v the_o common_a opinion_n of_o mariner_n that_o you_o shall_v find_v they_o two_o hundred_o league_n and_o more_o from_o the_o land_n and_o as_o aristotle_n do_v teach_v that_o bird_n endure_v the_o water_n easy_o have_v little_a respiration_n as_o we_o see_v in_o sea_n foul_a which_o dive_v and_o remain_v long_o under_o the_o
bar_n of_o silver_n and_o much_o more_o which_o be_v above_o three_o hundred_o thousand_o ducat_n without_o any_o other_o guard_n o_o rescort_n than_o some_o indian_n which_o serve_v only_o to_o guide_v these_o sheep_n and_o to_o lade_v and_o unlade_v they_o or_o at_o the_o most_o some_o few_o spaniard_n and_o they_o sleep_v all_o night_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o field_n without_o other_o guard_n and_o yet_o in_o so_o long_a a_o way_n and_o so_o weak_a a_o guard_n they_o never_o find_v want_n or_o loss_n of_o any_o thing_n in_o so_o great_a a_o treasure_n of_o silver_n so_o safe_a be_v the_o way_n in_o peru._n the_o burden_n which_o one_o of_o these_o sheep_n do_v common_o carry_v be_v of_o four_o or_o six_o arrobe_n weight_n when_o their_o voyage_n be_v long_o they_o go_v not_o above_o two_o three_o or_o four_o league_n at_o the_o most_o on_o a_o day_n those_o that_o guide_v those_o troop_n have_v their_o ordinary_a lodging_n where_o they_o be_v assure_v to_o have_v water_n and_o pasture_n and_o there_o they_o unlade_v and_o set_v up_o their_o tent_n make_v fire_n and_o dress_v their_o meat_n which_o be_v not_o painful_a although_o it_o be_v a_o â—leugmatike_a and_o slow_a manner_n of_o travel_n when_o there_o be_v but_o one_o day_n journey_n one_o of_o these_o sheep_n will_v bear_v eight_o arobe_n in_o weight_n or_o more_o and_o bear_v this_o burden_n eight_o or_o ten_o league_n in_o a_o day_n as_o the_o poor_a soldier_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v when_o they_o march_v through_o peru._n this_o kind_n of_o cattle_n delight_v most_o in_o a_o cold_a air_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o live_v upon_o the_o sierre_n and_o die_v in_o the_o lanos_fw-la by_o reason_n of_o the_o heat_n sometime_o these_o sheep_n be_v all_o cover_v with_o ice_n and_o frost_n and_o yet_o they_o continue_v sound_a and_o well_o the_o bare_a sheep_n be_v pleasant_a to_o behold_v for_o they_o will_v stay_v upon_o the_o way_n raise_v up_o their_o neck_n and_o will_v look_v upon_o any_o one_o very_o wist_o and_o so_o they_o remain_v a_o long_a time_n without_o move_a or_o any_o show_n of_o fear_n which_o give_v occasion_n of_o laughter_n see_v they_o thus_o to_o stand_v and_o yet_o sometime_o they_o do_v grow_v amaze_v sudden_o and_o run_v away_o with_o their_o burden_n even_o to_o the_o high_a rock_n so_o as_o not_o be_v able_a to_o come_v unto_o they_o they_o be_v constrain_v to_o kill_v they_o with_o a_o harquebus_n lest_o they_o shall_v loose_v their_o bar_n of_o silver_n which_o they_o sometime_o carry_v the_o pacos_n will_v grow_v reasty_a under_o their_o burden_n lie_v down_o and_o will_v endure_v to_o be_v cut_v in_o a_o thousand_o piece_n before_o they_o will_v rise_v when_o this_o humour_n take_v they_o whereof_o the_o proverb_n grow_v in_o peru_n to_o say_v that_o one_o be_v reastie_a to_o signify_v he_o be_v obstinate_a for_o that_o when_o any_o of_o these_o beast_n be_v moody_a it_o be_v with_o excess_n the_o remedy_n they_o have_v be_v to_o stay_v and_o sit_v down_o by_o the_o paco_n make_v much_o on_o he_o until_o the_o fit_a be_v past_a and_o that_o he_o rise_v and_o sometime_o they_o be_v force_v to_o stay_v two_o or_o three_o hour_n they_o have_v a_o disease_n like_o to_o scab_n which_o they_o call_v carache_fw-la whereof_o they_o common_o die_v the_o ancient_n have_v a_o remedy_n to_o bury_v they_o quick_a that_o have_v the_o carache_fw-la lest_o they_o shall_v infect_v the_o rest_n be_v a_o very_a contagious_a disease_n and_o go_v from_o one_o to_o another_o a_o indian_a that_o have_v one_o or_o two_o of_o these_o sheep_n be_v not_o repute_v poor_a for_o one_o of_o they_o be_v worth_a six_o or_o seven_o piece_n of_o assay_n and_o more_o according_a to_o the_o time_n and_o place_n of_o the_o bezaar_n stone_n chap._n 42._o the_o bezaar_v stone_n be_v find_v in_o all_o these_o beast_n before_o mention_v which_o be_v proper_a to_o peru_n whereof_o some_o author_n of_o our_o time_n have_v write_v whole_a book_n which_o they_o may_v read_v that_o desire_n to_o have_v a_o more_o particular_a knowledge_n for_o the_o present_a subject_n it_o shall_v be_v sufficient_a to_o say_v that_o this_o stone_n which_o they_o call_v bezaar_n be_v find_v in_o the_o stomach_n and_o belly_n of_o this_o beast_n sometime_o one_o alone_o sometime_o two_o three_o and_o four_o they_o be_v very_o different_a in_o form_n greatness_n and_o colour_n for_o that_o some_o be_v small_a like_o filberd_n &_o less_o other_o like_o walnut_n some_o like_a pigeon_n egg_n and_o other_o as_o big_a as_o a_o hen_n egg_n and_o i_o have_v see_v some_o as_o big_a as_o a_o orange_n in_o form_n some_o be_v round_o other_o in_o fashion_n like_o to_o lentil_o and_o many_o other_o form_n for_o their_o colour_n some_o be_v black_a some_o white_a some_o grey_a dark_a green_a and_o other_o as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v guild_v it_o be_v no_o certain_a rule_n to_o judge_v the_o best_a and_o most_o fine_a by_o the_o colour_n or_o form_n all_o these_o stone_n be_v make_v and_o fashion_v of_o divers_a film_n and_o skin_n one_o upon_o another_o in_o the_o province_n of_o xaura_n and_o other_o province_n of_o peru_n they_o find_v these_o stone_n in_o divers_a kind_n of_o beast_n both_o wild_a and_o tame_a as_o in_o the_o guanaco_n pacos_n vicugne_v and_o tarugues_n some_o add_v a_o other_o kind_n which_o they_o say_v be_v wild_a goat_n which_o the_o indian_n call_v cypris_n these_o other_o kind_n of_o beast_n be_v very_o well_o know_v in_o peru_n whereof_o we_o have_v already_o discourse_v the_o guanaco_n or_o country_n sheep_n or_o pacos_n have_v common_o the_o lesser_a stone_n and_o black_a neither_o be_v they_o so_o much_o approve_a for_o the_o use_n of_o physic_n they_o draw_v the_o great_a bezaar_n stone_n from_o the_o vicugne_v and_o they_o be_v grey_a or_o white_a or_o of_o a_o dark_a green_a which_o be_v hold_v for_o the_o better_a they_o esteem_v those_o of_o the_o tarugues_n for_o the_o most_o excellent_a whereof_o there_o be_v some_o reasonable_a big_a they_o be_v common_o white_a incline_v to_o grey_a and_o they_o have_v the_o film_n common_o big_a and_o thick_a than_o the_o rest_n they_o find_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n equal_o both_o in_o male_a and_o female_a all_o beast_n that_o engender_v it_o chaw_v the_o cuid_a and_o common_o feed_v upon_o the_o snow_n and_o rock_n the_o indian_n report_n &_o teach_v by_o tradition_n from_o their_o father_n and_o ancient_n that_o in_o the_o province_n of_o xaura_n and_o in_o other_o province_n of_o peru_n there_o be_v many_o herb_n and_o venomous_a beast_n which_o poison_n the_o water_n and_o the_o pasture_n where_o they_o eat_v and_o drink_v and_o where_o they_o breathe_v amidst_o which_o venomous_a herb_n there_o be_v one_o very_o well_o know_v of_o the_o vicugne_n by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n and_o of_o other_o beast_n that_o engender_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n which_o eat_v this_o herb_n and_o by_o mean_n thereof_o they_o preserve_v themselves_o from_o the_o poison_a water_n and_o pasture_n and_o they_o say_v that_o of_o this_o herb_n the_o stone_n be_v compound_v in_o the_o stomach_n whence_o it_o draw_v all_o the_o virtue_n against_o poison_n and_o other_o wonder_a effect_n this_o be_v the_o opinion_n &_o tradition_n of_o the_o indian_n discover_v by_o man_n of_o great_a experience_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o peru_n which_o agree_v with_o reason_n and_o with_o that_o which_o pliny_n report_v of_o the_o mountain_n goat_n 72_o which_o be_v nourish_v and_o feed_v upon_o poison_n without_o suffer_v any_o harm_n the_o indian_n be_v demand_v why_o the_o sheep_n cow_n goat_n and_o calf_n such_o as_o be_v in_o castille_n have_v not_o the_o bezaar_n stone_n see_v that_o they_o feed_v on_o the_o same_o rock_n their_o answer_n be_v that_o they_o believe_v not_o that_o those_o beast_n of_o castille_n eat_v of_o that_o herb_n or_o that_o they_o have_v find_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n in_o stag_n and_o fallow_a diere_z this_o seem_v to_o agree_v with_o our_o knowledge_n for_o that_o in_o new_a spain_n they_o find_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n although_o there_o be_v no_o vicugne_v pacos_n tarugues_n nor_o guanaco_n but_o only_a stag_n in_o some_o of_o which_o they_o find_v these_o stone_n the_o principal_a virtue_n of_o the_o bezaar_n stone_n be_v against_o poison_n and_o venomous_a disease_n although_o there_o be_v herein_o divers_a opinion_n some_o hold_v it_o for_o a_o mockery_n other_o for_o a_o miracle_n howsoever_o it_o be_v it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o it_o be_v of_o a_o great_a operation_n when_o it_o be_v apply_v in_o time_n &_o convenient_a in_o a_o manner_n as_o herb_n and_o to_o person_n capable_a and_o dispose_v for_o there_o be_v no_o medicine_n that_o do_v always_o cure_v infallible_o in_o
those_o we_o use_v in_o europe_n and_o that_o by_o they_o we_o may_v write_v word_n and_o discourse_n and_o that_o they_o only_o differ_v from_o our_o letter_n and_o write_n in_o the_o diversity_n of_o character_n as_o the_o greek_n differ_v from_o the_o latin_n and_o the_o hebrew_n from_o the_o chaldee_n but_o it_o be_v not_o so_o for_o they_o have_v no_o alphabet_n neither_o write_v they_o any_o letter_n but_o all_o their_o writing_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o paint_v and_o cipher_v and_o their_o letter_n signify_v no_o part_n of_o distinction_n as_o we_o do_v but_o be_v figure_n and_o representation_n of_o thing_n as_o of_o the_o sun_n of_o fire_n of_o a_o man_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o of_o other_o thing_n the_o which_o appear_v plain_o for_o that_o their_o write_n and_o chapas_n be_v understand_v of_o they_o all_o although_o the_o language_n the_o chinois_n speak_v be_v many_o and_o very_o different_a in_o like_a sort_n as_o our_o number_n of_o cipher_n be_v equal_o understooode_v in_o the_o spanish_a french_a and_o arabian_a tongue_n for_o this_o figure_n 8._o wheresoever_o it_o be_v signify_v eight_o although_o the_o french_a call_v this_o number_n of_o one_o sort_n and_o the_o spaniard_n of_o another_o so_o as_o thing_n be_v of_o themselves_o innumerable_a the_o letter_n likewise_o or_o figure_n which_o the_o chinois_n use_v to_o signify_v they_o by_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n infinite_a so_o as_o he_o that_o shall_v read_v or_o write_v at_o china_n as_o the_o mandarin_n do_v must_v know_v and_o keep_v in_o memory_n at_o the_o least_o fourscore_o and_o five_o thousand_o character_n or_o letter_n and_o those_o which_o be_v perfect_a herein_o know_v above_o sixscore_o thousand_o astrange_v and_o prodigious_a thing_n yea_o incredible_a if_o it_o be_v not_o testify_v by_o man_n worthy_a of_o credit_n as_o the_o father_n of_o our_o company_n who_o be_v there_o continual_o learn_v their_o language_n and_o writing_n wherein_o they_o have_v study_v day_n and_o night_n above_o ten_o year_n with_o a_o continual_a labour_n for_o the_o charity_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o desire_n of_o salvation_n of_o soul_n prevail_v in_o they_o above_o all_o this_o labour_n and_o difficulty_n for_o this_o reason_n learned_a man_n be_v so_o much_o esteem_v in_o china_n for_o the_o difficulty_n there_o be_v to_o conceive_v they_o &_o those_o only_o have_v the_o office_n of_o mandarin_n governor_n judge_n and_o captain_n for_o this_o cause_n the_o father_n take_v great_a pain_n to_o instruct_v their_o child_n to_o read_v and_o write_v there_o be_v many_o of_o these_o school_n where_o the_o child_n be_v teach_v where_o the_o master_n teach_v they_o by_o day_n and_o the_o father_n at_o home_n by_o night_n so_o as_o they_o hurt_v their_o eye_n much_o and_o they_o whip_v they_o often_o with_o reed_n although_o not_o so_o severe_o as_o they_o do_v offender_n they_o call_v it_o the_o mandarin_n tongue_n which_o require_v a_o man_n age_n to_o be_v conceive_v and_o you_o must_v understand_v that_o although_o the_o tongue_n which_o the_o mandarin_n speak_v be_v peculiar_a and_o different_a from_o the_o vulgar_a which_o be_v many_o and_o that_o they_o study_v it_o as_o they_o do_v latin_a &_o greek_a here_o and_o that_o the_o learned_a only_o throughout_o all_o china_n do_v understand_v it_o so_o it_o be_v notwithstanding_o that_o all_o that_o be_v write_v in_o it_o be_v understand_v in_o all_o tongue_n and_o although_o all_o the_o province_n do_v not_o understand_v one_o another_o by_o speak_v yet_o by_o writing_n they_o do_v for_o there_o be_v but_o one_o sort_n of_o figure_n and_o character_n for_o they_o all_o which_o signify_v one_o thing_n but_o not_o the_o same_o word_n and_o prolation_n see_v as_o i_o have_v say_v they_o be_v only_o to_o denote_v the_o thing_n and_o not_o the_o word_n as_o we_o may_v easy_o understand_v by_o the_o example_n of_o number_n in_o cipher_v and_o they_o of_o jappon_n &_o the_o chinois_n do_v read_v and_o understand_v well_o the_o write_n one_o of_o another_o although_o they_o be_v divers_a nation_n and_o different_a in_o tongue_n and_o language_n if_o they_o speak_v what_o they_o read_v or_o write_v they_o shall_v not_o be_v understand_v such_o be_v the_o letter_n and_o book_n the_o chinois_n use_n be_v so_o famous_a in_o the_o world_n to_o make_v their_o impression_n they_o grave_a a_o board_n or_o plank_n with_o the_o figure_n they_o will_v print_v then_o do_v they_o stamp_v as_o many_o leaf_n of_o paper_n as_o they_o list_v of_o the_o same_o sort_n as_o they_o have_v make_v their_o picture_n the_o which_o be_v grave_v in_o copper_n or_o wood_n but_o a_o man_n of_o judgement_n may_v ask_v how_o they_o can_v signify_v their_o conception_n by_o figure_n which_o approach_v near_o or_o resemble_v the_o thing_n they_o will_v represent_v as_o to_o say_v the_o sun_n heat_n or_o that_o he_o have_v behold_v the_o sun_n or_o the_o day_n be_v of_o the_o sun_n final_o how_o it_o be_v possible_a to_o denote_v by_o the_o same_o figure_n the_o case_n the_o conjunction_n and_o the_o article_n which_o be_v in_o many_o tongue_n and_o write_n i_o answer_v thereunto_o that_o they_o distinguish_v and_o signify_v this_o variety_n by_o certain_a point_n strikes_z and_o disposition_n of_o the_o figure_n but_o it_o be_v difficult_a to_o understand_v how_o they_o can_v write_v proper_a name_n in_o their_o tongue_n especial_o of_o stranger_n be_v thing_n they_o have_v never_o see_v and_o notable_a to_o invent_v figure_n proper_a unto_o they_o i_o have_v make_v trial_n thereof_o be_v in_o mexico_n with_o the_o chinois_n will_v they_o to_o write_v this_o proposition_n in_o their_o language_n joseph_n acosta_n be_v come_v from_o peru_n and_o such_o like_a whereupon_o the_o chinois_n be_v long_o pensive_a but_o in_o the_o end_n he_o do_v write_v it_o the_o which_o other_o chinois_n do_v after_o read_v although_o they_o do_v vary_v a_o little_a in_o the_o pronountiation_n of_o the_o proper_a name_n for_o they_o use_v this_o devise_n to_o write_v a_o proper_a name_n they_o seek_v out_o something_o in_o their_o tongue_n that_o have_v resemblance_n to_o that_o name_n and_o set_v down_o the_o figure_n of_o this_o thing_n and_o as_o it_o be_v difficult_a among_o so_o many_o proper_a name_n to_o find_v thing_n to_o resemble_v they_o in_o the_o prolation_n so_o be_v it_o very_o difficult_a and_o troublesome_a to_o write_v such_o name_n upon_o this_o purpose_n father_n allonso_n sanchez_n tell_v we_o that_o when_o he_o be_v in_o china_n be_v lead_v into_o divers_a tribunal_n seat_n from_o manderin_n to_o manderin_n they_o be_v long_o in_o put_v his_o name_n in_o write_v in_o their_o chapas_n yet_o in_o the_o end_n they_o do_v write_v it_o after_o their_o manner_n and_o so_o ridiculous_o that_o they_o scarce_o come_v never_o to_o the_o name_n and_o this_o be_v the_o fashion_n of_o letter_n and_o write_n which_o the_o chinois_n use_v that_o of_o the_o japponois_n approach_v very_o near_o although_o they_o affirm_v that_o the_o nobleman_n of_o jappon_n that_o come_v into_o europe_n do_v write_v all_o thing_n very_o easy_o in_o their_o language_n be_v they_o of_o our_o proper_a name_n yea_o i_o have_v have_v some_o of_o their_o write_n show_v i_o whereby_o it_o seem_v they_o shall_v have_v some_o kind_n of_o letter_n although_o the_o great_a part_n of_o their_o write_n be_v by_o the_o character_n and_o figure_n as_o have_v be_v say_v of_o the_o chinois_n of_o the_o school_n and_o university_n of_o china_n chap._n 6._o the_o father_n of_o our_o company_n say_v that_o they_o have_v not_o see_v in_o china_n any_o great_a school_n or_o university_n of_o philosophy_n and_o other_o natural_a science_n believe_v there_o be_v not_o any_o but_o that_o all_o their_o study_n be_v in_o the_o mandarin_n tongue_n which_o be_v very_o ample_a and_o hard_a as_o i_o have_v say_v and_o what_o they_o study_n be_v thing_n write_v in_o their_o own_o tongue_n which_o be_v history_n of_o sect_n and_o opinion_n of_o civil_a law_n of_o moral_a proverbe_n of_o fable_n and_o many_o other_o such_o composition_n that_o depend_v thereon_o of_o divine_a science_n they_o have_v no_o knowledge_n neither_o of_o natural_a thing_n but_o some_o small_a remainder_n of_o stray_a proposition_n without_o art_n or_o method_n according_a to_o every_o man_n wit_n and_o study_n as_o for_o the_o mathematics_n they_o have_v experience_n of_o the_o celestial_a motion_n and_o of_o the_o star_n and_o for_o physic_n they_o have_v knowledge_n of_o herb_n by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o cure_v many_o disease_n &_o use_v it_o much_o they_o write_v with_o pencil_n &_o have_v many_o book_n write_v with_o the_o hand_n and_o other_o print_v but_o in_o a_o bad_a order_n they_o be_v great_a player_n of_o come_v die_v the_o which_o they_o perform_v with_o great_a
be_v those_o they_o do_v call_v tlacatecati_fw-la which_o be_v to_o say_v circumciser_n or_o cutter_n of_o man_n the_o three_o dignity_n be_v of_o those_o which_o they_o call_v ezuahuacalt_v which_o signify_v a_o sheader_n of_o blood_n all_o the_o which_o title_n and_o dignity_n be_v exercise_v by_o man_n of_o war_n there_o be_v another_o a_o four_o entitle_v tlilancalqui_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o lord_n of_o the_o black_a house_n or_o of_o darkness_n by_o reason_n of_o certain_a ink_n wherewith_o the_o priest_n anoint_v themselves_o and_o do_v serve_v in_o their_o idolatry_n all_o these_o four_o dignity_n be_v of_o the_o great_a counsel_n without_o who_o advice_n the_o king_n may_v not_o do_v any_o thing_n of_o importance_n and_o the_o king_n be_v dead_a they_o be_v to_o choose_v another_o in_o his_o place_n out_o of_o one_o of_o those_o four_o dignity_n beside_o these_o there_o be_v other_o counsel_n and_o audience_n and_o some_o say_v there_o be_v as_o many_o as_o in_o spain_n and_o that_o there_o be_v divers_a seat_n and_o jurisdiction_n with_o their_o counsellor_n and_o judge_n of_o the_o court_n and_o oâ—hers_n that_o be_v under_o they_o as_o corrigidor_n chief_a judge_n captain_n of_o justice_n lieutenant_n and_o other_o which_o be_v yet_o inferior_a to_o these_o with_o a_o very_a goodly_a order_n all_o which_o depend_v on_o the_o four_o first_o prince_n that_o assist_v the_o king_n these_o four_o only_o have_v authority_n and_o power_n to_o condemn_v to_o death_n and_o the_o rest_n send_v they_o instruction_n of_o the_o sentence_n they_o have_v give_v by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o give_v the_o king_n to_o understand_v what_o have_v pass_v in_o his_o realm_n there_o be_v a_o good_a order_n and_o settle_a policy_n for_o the_o revenue_n of_o the_o crown_n for_o there_o be_v officer_n divide_v throughout_o all_o the_o province_n as_o receiver_n and_o treasurer_n which_o receive_v the_o tribute_n and_o royal_a revenue_n and_o they_o carry_v the_o tribute_n to_o the_o court_n at_o the_o least_o every_o month_n which_o tribute_n be_v of_o all_o thing_n that_o do_v grow_v or_o engender_v on_o the_o land_n or_o in_o the_o water_n aswell_o of_o jewel_n and_o apparel_n as_o of_o mear_v they_o be_v very_o careful_a for_o the_o well_o order_v of_o that_o which_o concern_v their_o religion_n superstition_n and_o idolatry_n and_o for_o this_o occasion_n there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n of_o minister_n to_o who_o charge_n be_v give_v to_o teach_v the_o people_n the_o custom_n and_o ceremony_n of_o their_o law_n hereupon_o one_o day_n a_o christian_n priest_n make_v his_o complaint_n that_o the_o indian_n be_v no_o good_a christian_n and_o do_v not_o profit_n in_o the_o law_n of_o god_n a_o old_a indian_a answer_v he_o very_o well_o to_o the_o purpose_n in_o these_o term_n let_v the_o priest_n say_v he_o employ_v as_o much_o care_n and_o diligence_n to_o make_v the_o indian_n christian_n as_o the_o minister_n of_o idol_n do_v to_o teach_v they_o their_o ceremony_n for_o with_o half_a that_o care_n they_o will_v make_v we_o the_o best_a christian_n in_o the_o world_n for_o that_o the_o law_n of_o jesus_n christ_n be_v much_o better_o but_o the_o indian_n learn_v it_o not_o for_o want_v of_o man_n to_o instruct_v they_o wherein_o he_o speak_v the_o very_a truth_n to_o our_o great_a shame_n and_o confusion_n how_o the_o mexicaines_n make_v war_n and_o of_o their_o order_n of_o knighthood_n chap._n 26._o the_o mexicaines_n give_v the_o first_o place_n of_o honour_n to_o the_o profession_n of_o arm_n and_o therefore_o the_o nobleman_n be_v their_o chief_a soldier_n and_o other_o that_o be_v not_o noble_a by_o their_o valour_n and_o reputation_n get_v in_o war_n come_v to_o dignity_n and_o honour_n so_o as_o they_o be_v hold_v for_o nobleman_n they_o give_v goodly_a recompense_n to_o such_o as_o have_v do_v valiant_o who_o enjoy_v priviledgeâ—_n that_o none_o else_o may_v have_v the_o which_o do_v much_o encourage_v they_o their_o arm_n be_v of_o razor_n of_o sharp_a cut_a flint_n which_o they_o set_v on_o either_o side_n of_o a_o staff_n which_o be_v so_o furious_a a_o weapon_n as_o they_o affirm_v that_o with_o one_o blow_n they_o will_v cut_v off_o the_o neck_n of_o a_o horse_n they_o have_v strange_a and_o heavy_a club_n lance_n fashion_v like_o pike_n and_o other_o manner_n of_o dart_n to_o cast_v wherein_o they_o be_v very_o expert_a but_o the_o great_a part_n of_o their_o combat_n be_v perform_v with_o stone_n for_o defensive_a arm_n they_o have_v little_a rondache_n or_o target_n and_o some_o kind_n of_o morion_n or_o head-piece_n environ_v with_o feather_n they_o be_v clad_v in_o the_o skin_n of_o tiger_n lion_n and_o other_o savage_a beast_n they_o come_v present_o to_o hand_n with_o the_o enemy_n and_o be_v great_o practise_v to_o run_v and_o wrestle_v for_o their_o chief_a manner_n of_o combat_n be_v not_o so_o much_o to_o kill_v as_o to_o take_v captive_n the_o which_o they_o use_v in_o their_o sacrifice_n as_o have_v be_v say_v moteçuma_n set_v knighthood_n in_o his_o high_a splendour_n ordain_v certain_a military_a order_n as_o commander_n with_o certain_a mark_n and_o ensign_n the_o most_o honourable_a amongst_o the_o knight_n be_v those_o that_o carry_v the_o crown_n of_o their_o hair_n tie_v with_o a_o little_a red_a ribbon_n have_v a_o rich_a plume_n of_o feather_n from_o the_o which_o do_v hang_v branch_n of_o feather_n upon_o their_o shoulder_n &_o roll_n of_o the_o same_o they_o carry_v so_o many_o of_o these_o roll_n as_o they_o have_v do_v worthy_a deed_n in_o war_n the_o king_n himself_o be_v of_o this_o order_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o chapultepec_n where_o moteçuma_n and_o his_o son_n be_v attire_v with_o those_o kind_n of_o feather_n cut_v in_o the_o rock_n the_o which_o be_v worthy_a the_o sight_n there_o be_v another_o order_n of_o knighthood_n which_o they_o call_v the_o lion_n and_o the_o tiger_n the_o which_o be_v common_o the_o most_o valiant_a and_o most_o note_a in_o war_n they_o go_v always_o with_o their_o mark_n and_o armoury_n there_o be_v other_o knight_n as_o the_o grey_a knight_n the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o much_o respect_v as_o the_o rest_n they_o have_v their_o hair_n cut_v round_o about_o the_o ear_n they_o go_v to_o the_o war_n with_o mark_n like_v to_o the_o other_o knight_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o arm_v but_o to_o the_o girdle_n and_o the_o most_o honourable_a be_v arm_v all_o over_o all_o knight_n may_v carry_v gold_n and_o silver_n and_o wear_v rich_a cotton_n use_v paint_v and_o gild_a vessel_n and_o carry_v shoe_n after_o their_o manner_n but_o the_o common_a people_n may_v use_v none_o but_o earthen_a vessel_n neither_o may_v they_o carry_v shoe_n nor_o attire_n themselves_o but_o in_o nequen_n the_o which_o be_v a_o gross_a stuff_n every_o order_n of_o these_o knight_n have_v his_o lodging_n in_o the_o palace_n note_v with_o their_o mark_n the_o first_o be_v call_v the_o prince_n lodging_n the_o second_o of_o eagle_n the_o three_o of_o lion_n and_o tiger_n and_o the_o four_o of_o the_o grey_a knight_n the_o other_o common_a officer_n be_v lodge_v underneath_o in_o mean_a lodging_n if_o any_o one_o lodge_v out_o of_o his_o place_n he_o suffer_v death_n of_o the_o great_a order_n and_o diligence_n the_o mexicaines_n use_v to_o instruct_v their_o youth_n chap._n 27._o there_o be_v nothing_o that_o give_v i_o more_o cause_n to_o admire_v nor_o that_o i_o find_v more_o worthy_a of_o commendation_n and_o memory_n than_o the_o order_n and_o care_v the_o mexicaines_n have_v to_o nourish_v their_o youth_n for_o they_o know_v well_o that_o all_o the_o good_a hope_n of_o a_o commonweal_n consist_v in_o the_o nurture_n and_o institution_n of_o youth_n whereof_o plato_n treat_v ample_o in_o his_o book_n de_fw-fr legibus_fw-la and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o labour_v and_o take_v pain_n to_o sequester_v their_o child_n from_o delight_n and_o liberty_n which_o be_v the_o two_o plague_n of_o this_o age_n employ_v they_o in_o honest_a and_o profitable_a exercise_n for_o this_o cause_n there_o be_v in_o their_o temple_n a_o private_a house_n for_o childeren_n as_o school_n or_o college_n which_o be_v separate_v from_o that_o of_o the_o young_a man_n and_o maid_n of_o the_o temple_n whereof_o we_o have_v discourse_v at_o largee_n there_o be_v in_o these_o school_n a_o great_a number_n of_o child_n who_o their_o father_n do_v willing_o bring_v thither_o and_o which_o have_v teacher_n and_o master_n to_o instruct_v they_o in_o all_o commendable_a exercise_n to_o be_v of_o good_a behaviour_n to_o respect_v their_o superior_n to_o serve_v and_o obey_v they_o give_v they_o to_o this_o end_n certain_a precept_n and_o instruction_n and_o to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v be_v please_v to_o nobleman_n
circular_a motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n be_v contrary_a and_o repugnant_a to_o the_o holy_a scripture_n but_o whatsoever_o the_o ancient_n say_v or_o hold_v touch_v this_o point_n it_o must_v not_o trouble_v we_o for_o that_o it_o be_v well_o know_v and_o verify_v that_o they_o have_v not_o be_v so_o studious_a in_o the_o knowledge_n and_o demonstration_n of_o philosophy_n be_v busy_v in_o other_o study_n of_o far_o great_a importance_n but_o that_o which_o be_v more_o to_o be_v admire_v be_v that_o s._n augustine_n himself_o 9_o so_o well_o see_v in_o all_o natural_a science_n yea_o very_o learned_a in_o astrology_n and_o physic_n remain_v yet_o still_o in_o doubt_n not_o able_a to_o resolve_v whether_o the_o heaven_n do_v compass_v in_o the_o earth_n on_o all_o part_n 35._o what_o care_v i_o say_v he_o if_o we_o suppose_v the_o heaven_n do_v environ_v the_o earth_n on_o all_o part_n like_v unto_o a_o bowl_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n as_o a_o bottom_n be_v compass_v with_o thread_n or_o that_o we_o say_v it_o be_v not_o so_o and_o that_o the_o heaven_n cover_v the_o earth_n of_o one_o part_n only_o as_o a_o great_a basin_n that_o hang_v over_o it_o in_o the_o same_o place_n he_o seem_v to_o show_v nay_o he_o speak_v plain_o that_o there_o be_v no_o certain_a demonstration_n to_o prove_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o world_n to_o be_v round_o but_o only_o by_o simple_a conjecture_n in_o which_o place_n cite_v and_o other_o they_o hold_v the_o circular_a motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n very_o doubtful_a but_o we_o ought_v not_o to_o take_v it_o offencive_o nor_o esteem_v less_o of_o the_o doctor_n of_o the_o holy_a church_n if_o in_o some_o point_n of_o philosophy_n and_o natural_a knowledge_n they_o have_v vary_v in_o opinion_n from_o that_o which_o be_v hold_v for_o good_a philosophy_n see_v all_o their_o study_n have_v be_v to_o know_v preach_v and_o serve_v the_o creator_n of_o all_o thing_n wherein_o they_o have_v be_v excellent_a and_o have_v well_o employ_v their_o study_n in_o cause_n of_o great_a weight_n it_o be_v a_o small_a matter_n in_o they_o not_o to_o have_v know_v all_o particularity_n concern_v the_o creature_n but_o those_o vain_a philosopher_n of_o our_o age_n be_v much_o more_o to_o be_v blame_v who_o have_v attain_a to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o be_v and_o order_n of_o the_o creature_n and_o of_o the_o course_n and_o motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n have_v not_o yet_o learned_a wretched_a as_o they_o be_v to_o know_v the_o creator_n of_o all_o thing_n but_o busy_v themselves_o whole_o in_o his_o work_n have_v not_o yet_o mount_v by_o their_o imagination_n to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sovereign_a author_n thereof_o 1._o as_o the_o holy_a scripture_n teach_v we_o or_o if_o they_o have_v know_v he_o they_o have_v not_o serve_v and_o glorify_v he_o as_o they_o ought_v blind_v with_o their_o imagination_n whereof_o the_o apostle_n do_v accuse_v and_o blame_v they_o that_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o on_o all_o part_n move_a in_o his_o course_n of_o itself_o chap._n 2._o but_o come_v to_o our_o subject_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o the_o opinion_n which_o aristotle_n and_o the_o other_o peripatetic_n hold_v with_o the_o stoic_n that_o the_o figure_n of_o heaven_n be_v round_o and_o do_v move_v circular_o in_o his_o course_n be_v so_o perfect_o true_a as_o we_o which_o do_v now_o live_v in_o peru_n see_v it_o visible_o wherein_o experience_n shall_v be_v of_o more_o force_n than_o all_o philosophical_a demonstration_n be_v sufficient_a to_o prove_v that_o the_o heaven_n be_v round_o and_o comprehend_v and_o contain_v the_o earth_n within_o it_o of_o all_o part_n and_o to_o clear_v any_o doubt_n that_o may_v grow_v it_o suffice_v that_o i_o have_v see_v in_o this_o our_o hemisphere_n that_o part_n of_o heaven_n which_o turn_v about_o this_o earth_n the_o which_o be_v unknown_a to_o the_o ancient_n and_o have_v observe_v the_o two_o pole_n whereon_o the_o heaven_n turn_n as_o upon_o their_o axeltrees_n i_o say_v the_o arctic_a or_o north_n pole_n which_o those_o of_o europe_n behold_v and_o the_o other_o antarctic_a or_o southern_a pole_n whereof_o saint_n augustine_n be_v in_o doubt_n the_o which_o we_o change_v and_o take_v for_o the_o north_n here_o at_o peru_n 10._o have_v pass_v the_o equinoctial_a line_n final_o it_o suffice_v that_o i_o have_v sail_v near_o 70._o degree_n from_o north_n to_o south_n that_o be_v forty_o of_o the_o one_o side_n of_o the_o line_n and_o 23._o on_o the_o other_o omit_v at_o this_o present_a the_o testimony_n of_o other_o which_o have_v sail_v much_o far_o than_o myself_o &_o in_o a_o great_a height_n come_v near_o 70._o degree_n towards_o the_o south_n who_o will_v not_o confess_v but_o the_o ship_n call_v the_o victoriâ—_n worthy_a doubtless_o of_o eternal_a memory_n have_v win_v the_o honour_n and_o praise_n to_o have_v best_a discover_v and_o compass_v the_o round_a earth_n yea_o that_o great_a chaos_n and_o infidite_fw-mi vast_a which_o the_o ancient_a philosopher_n affirm_v to_o be_v under_o the_o earth_n have_v compass_v about_o the_o world_n and_o circle_v the_o vastness_n of_o the_o great_a ocean_n who_o be_v he_o then_o that_o will_v not_o confess_v by_o this_o navigation_n but_o the_o whole_a earth_n although_o it_o be_v big_a than_o it_o be_v describe_v be_v subject_a to_o the_o foot_n of_o man_n sâ—eing_v he_o may_v measure_v it_o thus_o without_o doubt_n the_o heaven_n be_v of_o a_o round_a and_o perfect_a figure_n and_o the_o earth_n likewise_o embrace_v and_o join_v with_o the_o water_n make_v one_o globe_n or_o round_a bowl_n frame_v of_o these_o two_o element_n have_v their_o bound_n &_o limit_n within_o their_o own_o roundness_n &_o greatness_n the_o which_o may_v be_v sufficient_o prove_v by_o reason_n of_o philosophy_n and_o astrology_n leave_v all_o subtle_a definition_n common_o object_v that_o to_o the_o most_o perfect_a body_n which_o be_v the_o heaven_n we_o must_v give_v the_o most_o perfect_a figure_n which_o without_o doubt_n be_v round_o who_o circular_a motion_n can_v not_o be_v firm_a nor_o equal_a in_o itself_o if_o it_o have_v any_o corner_n or_o nook_n of_o any_o side_n or_o if_o it_o be_v crooked_a as_o of_o necessity_n it_o must_v be_v if_o the_o sun_n moon_n &_o star_n make_v not_o their_o course_n about_o the_o whole_a world_n but_o leave_v all_o these_o reason_n it_o seem_v that_o the_o moon_n be_v sufficient_a in_o this_o case_n as_o a_o faithful_a witness_n of_o the_o heaven_n itself_o see_v that_o her_o eclipse_n happen_v but_o when_o as_o the_o roundness_n of_o the_o earth_n oppose_v itself_o diametral_o betwixt_o she_o and_o the_o sun_n and_o by_o that_o mean_n keep_v the_o sunbeam_n from_o shine_v on_o she_o the_o which_o can_v not_o chance_v if_o the_o earth_n be_v not_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o world_n compass_v in_o and_o environ_v by_o the_o whole_a heaven_n some_o have_v doubt_v whether_o the_o light_n of_o the_o moon_n be_v borrow_v from_o the_o brightness_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o it_o be_v needless_a see_v there_o can_v be_v find_v no_o other_o cause_n of_o the_o eclipse_n full_a and_o quarter_n of_o the_o moon_n but_o the_o communication_n of_o the_o beam_n which_o proceed_v from_o the_o sun_n 4._o in_o like_a sort_n if_o we_o will_v careful_o examine_v this_o matter_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o darkness_n of_o the_o night_n proceed_v from_o no_o other_o cause_n but_o from_o the_o shadow_n which_o the_o earth_n make_v not_o suffer_v the_o light_n of_o the_o sun_n to_o pass_v to_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o heaven_n where_o his_o beam_n shine_v not_o if_o then_o it_o be_v so_o that_o the_o sun_n pass_v no_o far_o neither_o do_v cast_v his_o beam_n on_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o only_o turn_v about_o and_o return_n to_o his_o set_n make_v a_o ridge_n upon_o the_o earth_n by_o his_o turn_n the_o which_o he_o must_v of_o force_n confess_v that_o shall_v deny_v the_o roundness_n of_o the_o heaven_n see_v according_a to_o their_o say_n the_o heaven_n as_o a_o basin_n do_v only_o cover_v the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n it_o shall_v then_o plain_o follow_v that_o we_o can_v not_o observe_v the_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o day_n and_o night_n the_o which_o in_o some_o region_n be_v short_a and_o long_o according_a to_o the_o season_n and_o in_o some_o be_v always_o equal_a the_o which_o s._n augustine_n note_v in_o his_o book_n de_fw-fr genes_n ad_fw-la litter_n be_o 19_o that_o we_o may_v easy_o comprehend_v the_o opposition_n conversion_n elevation_n descent_n and_o all_o other_o aspect_n and_o disposition_n of_o planet_n and_o star_n when_o we_o shall_v understand_v they_o move_v and_o yet_o notwithstanding_o the_o heaven_n remain_v firm_a and_o